As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 2014
File No. 33-8982
ICA No. 811-4852
U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form N-1A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 |
|
x |
|
|
|
Pre-Effective Amendment No. |
|
o |
Post-Effective Amendment No. 112 |
|
x |
And |
|
|
|
|
|
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 |
|
x |
Amendment No. 113
The Victory Portfolios
(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Trust Instrument)
3435 Stelzer Road
Columbus, Ohio 43219
(Address of Principal Executive Office)
(800) 539-3863
(Area Code and Telephone Number)
Copy to:
Charles Booth CITI Fund Services Ohio, Inc. 3435 Stelzer Road Columbus, Ohio 43219
(Name and Address of Agent for
|
|
Christopher K. Dyer The Victory Portfolios 4900 Tiedeman Road, 4 th Floor Brooklyn, Ohio 44144 |
|
Jay G. Baris
|
Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
It is proposed that this filing will become effective:
o Immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) |
|
x on March 31, 2014 pursuant to paragraph (b) |
o 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) |
|
o on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) |
|
|
|
o 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) |
|
o on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of rule 485. |
If appropriate, check the following box:
o this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.
Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund March 31, 2014
Prospectus
Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund
Class A VAEMX
Class C VCEMX
Class I VIEMX
Class Y VYEMX
As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved the Fund's securities or determined whether this Prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
VictoryFunds.com
800-539-FUND
(800-539-3863)
Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund March 31, 2014
Prospectus
Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund
Class A VAEMX
Class C VCEMX
Class I VIEMX
Class Y VYEMX
As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved the Fund's securities or determined whether this Prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
VictoryFunds.com
800-539-FUND
(800-539-3863)
The Victory
Portfolios
Table of Contents
Fund Summary |
1 |
||||||
Investment Objective |
1 |
||||||
Fees and Expenses |
2 | ||||||
Principal Investment Strategy |
3 |
||||||
Principal Risks |
4 | ||||||
Investment Performance |
5 | ||||||
Management of the Fund |
5 | ||||||
Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares |
6 | ||||||
Tax Information |
6 | ||||||
Payments to Broker-Dealers and
Other Financial Intermediaries |
6 | ||||||
Additional Fund Information |
7 | ||||||
Investments |
9 | ||||||
Risk Factors |
11 | ||||||
Investing with Victory |
15 | ||||||
Organization and Management
of the Fund |
16 | ||||||
Composite Information |
17 | ||||||
Share Price |
19 | ||||||
Choosing a Share Class |
21 | ||||||
How to Buy Shares |
29 | ||||||
How to Exchange Shares |
35 | ||||||
How to Sell Shares |
38 | ||||||
Distribution and Service Plans |
42 | ||||||
Dividends, Distributions, and Taxes |
44 | ||||||
Important Fund Policies |
48 | ||||||
Other Service Providers |
54 | ||||||
Financial Highlights |
55 |
Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund Summary
Investment Objective
The Fund seeks to provide long-term appreciation of capital.
Fund Fees and Expenses
The following table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.
You may qualify for sales charge discounts if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $50,000 in the Victory Funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your Investment Professional and in Investing with Victory on page 15 of the Fund's Prospectus and in Additional Purchase , Exchange and Redemption Information on page 25 of the Fund's Statement of Additional Information (SAI).
Shareholder Fees
(paid directly from your investment) |
Class A |
Class C |
Class I |
Class Y |
|||||||||||||||
Maximum Sales Charge (load) Imposed
on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price) |
5.75 |
% |
NONE |
NONE |
NONE |
||||||||||||||
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (load)
(as a percentage of the lower of purchase or sale price) |
NONE 1 |
1.00 % 2 |
NONE |
NONE |
|||||||||||||||
Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment) |
|||||||||||||||||||
Management Fees |
1.25 |
% |
1.25 |
% |
1.25 |
% |
1.25 |
% |
|||||||||||
Distribution (12b-1) Fees |
0.25 |
% |
1.00 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
|||||||||||
Other Expenses 3 |
1.91 |
% |
1.99 |
% |
1.91 |
% |
5.04 |
% |
|||||||||||
Total Annual Fund Operating Expense |
3.41 |
% |
4.24 |
% |
3.16 |
% |
6.29 |
% |
|||||||||||
Fee Waiver/Expense Reimbursement |
(1.61 |
)% |
(1.69 |
)% |
(1.66 |
)% |
(4.74 |
)% |
|||||||||||
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After
Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement 4 |
1.80 |
% |
2.55 |
% |
1.50 |
% |
1.55 |
% |
1 A contingent deferred sales charge of 0.75% may be imposed on Class A shares with respect to purchases of $1,000,000 or more that are redeemed within 12 months of purchase. For additional information, see 'Choosing a Share Class' beginning on page 21 of the Prospectus.
2 The Class C contingent deferred sales charge applies only to shares sold within 12 months of purchase.
3 Other Expenses are based upon estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.
4 The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive its management fee and/or reimburse expenses so that the total annual operating expenses (excluding certain items such as interest, taxes and brokerage commissions) of Class A, Class C, Class I and Class Y shares do not exceed 1.80%, 2.55%, 1.50% and 1.55%, respectively, until at least March 31, 2017. The Adviser is permitted to recoup advisory fees waived and expenses reimbursed for up to three years after the fiscal year in which the waiver or reimbursement took place, subject to any operating expense limits in effect at the time of the original waiver or expense reimbursement and at the time of recoupment or reimbursement.
1
Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund Summary (continued)
Fund Fees and Expenses (continued)
Example:
The following example is designed to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods shown and then sell all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund's operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
1 Year |
3 Years |
||||||||||
Class A |
$ |
747 |
$ |
1,109 |
|||||||
Class C
(If you sell your shares at the end of the period.) |
$ |
358 |
$ |
793 |
|||||||
Class I |
$ |
153 |
$ |
474 |
|||||||
Class Y |
$ |
158 |
$ |
490 |
The following example makes the same assumptions as the example above, except that it assumes you do not sell your shares at the end of the period.
1 Year |
3 Years |
||||||||||
Class C
(If you do not sell your shares at the end of the period.) |
$ |
258 |
$ |
793 |
Portfolio Turnover:
The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or "turns over" its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund's performance.
2
Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund Summary (continued)
Principal Investment Strategy
The Fund pursues its investment objective by investing primarily in equity securities (including common stock, preferred stock and securities immediately convertible into common stock) of small capitalization companies primarily associated with emerging market countries. The Fund's investments may include equity securities of small cap companies associated with frontier markets (emerging market countries in an earlier stage of development).
Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities of small cap companies, which are those companies whose market capitalization, at the time of purchase, falls within the market capitalization range of the companies included in the Morgan Stanley Capital International (MSCI) Emerging Markets Small Cap Index.
The Fund will not change this policy unless it notifies shareholders at least 60 days in advance. For purposes of this policy, "net assets" includes any borrowings for investment purposes.
In choosing investments, the Adviser utilizes a "bottom-up" approach to identify companies that it believes have long-term growth prospects, have proven franchises, have sustainable margins and are financially strong. The Adviser may sell a security if it believes the price objective for the stock has been reached, if more attractive opportunities are identified, or if the fundamentals of the company deteriorate.
The Adviser may from time to time generate portfolio turnover rates in excess of 100%.
There is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its objective.
3
Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund Summary (continued)
Principal Risks
The Fund's investments are subject to the following principal risks:
n Foreign securities (including ADRs and GDRs) could be affected by factors not present in the U.S., including expropriation, confiscation of property, and difficulties in enforcing contracts. Compared to U.S. companies, there generally is less publicly available information about foreign companies and there may be less governmental regulation and supervision of foreign companies. Foreign securities generally experience more volatility than their domestic counterparts.
n The risks related to investing in foreign securities are generally greater with respect to securities of companies that conduct their business activities in emerging markets or whose securities are traded principally in emerging markets. The risks of investing in emerging markets include the risks of illiquidity, increased price volatility, smaller market capitalizations, less government regulation, less extensive and less frequent accounting, financial and other reporting requirements, risk of loss resulting from problems in share registration and custody, substantial economic and political disruptions and the nationalization of foreign deposits or assets. These risks may apply to an even greater extent to securities of companies associated with frontier markets.
n Smaller, less seasoned companies may lose market share or profits to a greater extent than larger, more established companies.
n A company's earnings may not increase as expected.
n The portfolio manager may not execute the Fund's principal investment strategies effectively.
n To the extent the Fund buys and sells securities actively, it could have higher expenses (which reduces returns to shareholders) and higher taxable distributions.
n You may lose money by investing in the Fund. The likelihood of loss may be greater if you invest for a shorter period of time.
By itself, the Fund does not constitute a complete investment plan and should be considered a long-term investment for investors who can afford to weather changes in the value of their investment.
4
Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund Summary (continued)
Investment Performance
No performance information is presented since the Fund has not yet had a full calendar year of performance. Performance data for the Fund will be available online at www.VictoryFunds.com or by calling 800-539-FUND (800-539-3863). A fund's performance is not necessarily an indication of how that fund will perform in the future.
Management of the Fund:
Investment Adviser
Victory Capital Management Inc.
Portfolio Managers
Margaret Lindsay is a Chief Investment Officer (Non-U.S. Small Cap Equity) of the Adviser, and has been the Lead Portfolio Manager of the Fund since its inception in 2014.
Tiffany Kuo is a Senior Portfolio Manager/Analyst of the Adviser, and has been a Portfolio Manager of the Fund since its inception in 2014.
Joshua Lindland is a Senior Portfolio Manager/Analyst of the Adviser, and has been a Portfolio Manager of the Fund since its inception in 2014.
5
Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund Summary (continued)
Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares
The minimum initial purchase is $2,500 for regular accounts and $1,000 for IRAs, gifts to minors, and purchases through an automatic investment plan. The minimum subsequent investment is $250. We may reduce or waive the minimums in some cases.
You may redeem your shares on any day the Fund is open for business. Redemption request may be made by telephone (with prior appropriate approval) or by mail.
Tax Information
The Fund's distributions are taxable whether you receive them in cash, additional shares of the Fund or you reinvest them in shares of another Victory Fund, and will be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. Such tax-deferred arrangements may be taxed later upon withdrawal of monies from those arrangements.
Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries
If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary and its salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary's website for more information.
6
Additional Fund Information
The Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund (the "Fund") is a mutual fund that is part of The Victory Portfolios (the "Trust").
The Trust is comprised of different funds, each having distinct investment management objectives, strategies, risks, and policies.
Together, the funds of the Trust are referred to in this Prospectus as the Victory Funds.
The following section describes the principal investment strategy that the Fund will use under normal market conditions to pursue its investment objective. Keep in mind that for cash management or for temporary defensive purposes in response to market conditions, the Fund may hold all or a portion of its assets in cash or short-term money market instruments. This may reduce the benefit from any upswing in the market and may cause the Fund to fail to meet its investment objective.
Principal Investment Strategy of the
Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund
The Adviser purchases equity securities of small cap companies primarily associated with emerging market countries, which may include equity securities of small cap companies associated with frontier markets (emerging market countries in an earlier stage of development).
The Adviser considers a company to be associated with an emerging or frontier market country if (1) the company is organized, or its securities principally trade, in an emerging or frontier market, or (2) the company's securities trade on a developed market exchange, and at least 50% of its revenues or profits or assets are derived from or located in an emerging or frontier market.
In making investment decisions for the Fund, the Adviser will invest the Fund's assets in stocks of companies that it believes are positioned in industries
Victory Capital Management Inc., which we will refer to as the "Adviser" throughout the Prospectus, manages the Fund.
7
Additional Fund Information (continued)
likely to experience structural growth, provide industry leading proprietary products and services and are financially strong.
The Adviser may sell a security if it believes the price objective for the stock has been reached, if more attractive opportunities are identified, or if the fundamentals of the company deteriorate.
8
Investments
The following describes the types of securities the Fund may purchase under normal market conditions to achieve its principal investment strategy.
Equity Securities of Companies Traded on Foreign Exchanges
Can include common stock and securities convertible into stock of non-U.S. corporations.
Convertible Preferred Stock
A class of stock that pays dividends at a specified rate, has preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and the liquidation of assets, and is convertible into common stock.
The Adviser may use several types of investments in furtherance of the Fund's overall investment objective. The following describes the types of securities that may be purchased but the Adviser does not consider them to be a part of the Fund's principal investment strategy. Additional securities that the Fund may purchase are included in the Fund's Statement of Additional Information.
Equity Securities of Foreign Companies Traded on U.S. Exchanges
Can include common stock and convertible preferred stock of non-U.S. corporations. Also may include American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) and Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs), which are receipts issued by a bank or trust company and evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign corporation.
Participation Notes
The Fund may buy participation notes from a bank or broker-dealer ("issuer") that entitle the Fund to a return measured by the change in value of an identified underlying security or basket of securities (collectively, the "underlying security"). Participation notes are typically used when a direct investment in the underlying security is restricted due to country-specific regulations.
9
Investments (continued)
F Forward Currency Contracts
Contracts that attempt to eliminate currency exposure between the time of a securities transaction and settlement of that transaction. A forward foreign currency contract is an agreement to buy or sell a country's currency at a specific price on a specific date, usually 30, 60, or 90 days in the future. In other words, the contract guarantees an exchange rate on a given date.
F Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts
Contracts involving the right or obligation to deliver or receive assets or money depending on the performance of one or more assets or an economic index. To reduce the effects of leverage, liquid assets equal to the contract commitment are set aside to cover the commitment. The Fund may invest in futures in an effort to hedge against market or currency risk, as a temporary substitute for buying or selling securities or for temporary cash management purposes. There is no assurance that the Fund will engage in any hedging transactions.
Investment Companies
A Fund may invest in securities of other investment companies, including unit investment trusts (UITs) and exchange traded funds (ETFs), if those companies invest in securities consistent with the Fund's investment objective and policies.
F Derivative Instrument: Indicates an instrument whose value is linked to or derived from another security, instrument or index.
10
Risk Factors
The following describes the principal risks that you may assume as an investor in the Fund.
General risks:
n Market risk is the risk that the market value of a security may fluctuate, depending on the supply and demand for that type of security. As a result of this fluctuation, a security may be worth more or less than the price the Fund originally paid for the security, or more or less than the security was worth at an earlier time. Market risk may affect a single issuer, an industry, a sector of the economy, or the entire market and is common to all investments.
n Manager risk is the risk that the Fund's portfolio manager may implement its investment strategy in a way that does not produce the intended result.
Equity risk:
n Equity risk is the risk that the value of an equity security will fluctuate in response to changes in earnings or other conditions affecting the issuer's profitability or in general market conditions. Unlike debt securities, which have preference to a company's assets in case of liquidation, equity securities are entitled to the residual value after the company meets its other obligations.
Foreign investments risks:
n Foreign investments risk. Foreign investments involve certain special risks. For example, compared to U.S. companies, there generally is less publicly available information about foreign companies and there may be less governmental regulation and supervision of foreign stock exchanges, brokers, and listed companies. Foreign issuers may not be subject to the uniform accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards
By matching your investment objective with an acceptable level of risk, you can create your own customized investment plan.
11
Risk Factors (continued)
and practices prevalent in the U.S. Foreign securities markets may be subject to more or less governmental supervision than their U.S. counterparts.
n Emerging markets risk. All of the risks associated with investing in foreign securities are increased in connection with investments in emerging markets securities. Countries in emerging markets are more likely to experience high levels of inflation, deflation or currency devaluation, which could also hurt their economies and securities markets. In addition, countries in emerging markets are more likely to experience instability in their markets due to social and political changes.
n Political risk. Foreign securities markets may be more volatile than their counterparts in the U.S. Investments in foreign countries could be affected by factors not present in the U.S., including expropriation, confiscation of property, and difficulties in enforcing contracts. Foreign settlement procedures may also involve additional risks. These factors can make foreign investments more volatile than U.S. investments.
n Liquidity risk. Securities that trade less frequently or with lower trade volume can be more difficult or more costly to buy or sell than more liquid or active investments. Liquidity risk is a factor of the trading volume of a particular investment, as well as the size and liquidity of the entire local market. On the whole, foreign exchanges are smaller and less liquid than U.S. exchanges.
n Currency risk. Fluctuations in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies may negatively affect an investment. Adverse changes in exchange rates may erode or reverse any gains produced by investments denominated in foreign currencies and may widen any losses.
n Legal risk. Legal remedies for investors in foreign countries may be more limited than the legal remedies available in the U.S.
12
Risk Factors (continued)
Small capitalization stock risk:
n Small capitalization risk is the risk that a company will be adversely affected or fail as a result of its small size. Smaller companies are more likely than larger companies to have limited product lines, markets, or financial resources, or to depend on a small, inexperienced management group. Stocks of these companies often trade less frequently and in limited volume, and their prices may fluctuate more than stocks of larger companies. Stocks of small companies may, therefore, be more vulnerable to adverse developments than those of larger companies.
The Adviser may use several types of investments in furtherance of the Fund's overall investment objective. The following risks are those that the Adviser does not consider to be principal risks of the Fund. Additional risks are included in the Fund's Statement of Additional Information.
Participation note risk:
n Investing in participation notes involves the same risks associated with a direct investment in the shares of the companies the notes seek to replicate. However, the performance results of participation notes will not replicate exactly the performance of the issuers or markets that the notes seek to replicate due to transaction costs and other expenses. In addition, participation notes are subject to counterparty risks. Participation notes may be considered illiquid.
Futures and options risks:
n Correlation risk is the risk that a hedge created using futures or options contracts (or any derivative, for that matter) does not, in fact, respond to economic or market conditions in the manner the portfolio manager
13
Risk Factors (continued)
expected. In such a case, the futures or options contract hedge may not generate gains sufficient to offset losses and may actually generate losses. There is no assurance that the Fund will engage in any hedging transactions. Futures contracts and options can also be used as a substitute for the securities to which they relate. Correlation risk is the risk that the market value of the futures contracts or options does not correspond to the market value of the underlying securities.
n Other risks of investing in futures and options involve the risk that the Fund will be unable to sell the derivative because of an illiquid secondary market; the risk the counterparty is unwilling or unable to meet its obligation; and the risk that the derivative transaction could expose the Fund to the effects of leverage, which could increase the Fund's exposure to the market and magnify potential losses.
Investment company risk:
n Investment company risk is the risk that the Fund's ability to achieve its investment objective may be directly related to the ability of any underlying investment companies (including ETFs) held by the Fund to meet their investment objectives. In addition, shareholders of the Fund will indirectly bear the fees and expenses of the underlying investment companies.
An investment in the Fund is not a complete investment program.
14
INVESTING WITH VICTORY
If you are looking for a convenient way to open an account or to add money to an existing account, we can help. The sections that follow will serve as a guide to your investments with the Victory Funds. Choosing a Share Class will help you decide whether it would be more to your advantage to buy Class A, Class C, Class I or Class Y shares of the Fund. Class I and Class Y shares, however, are available for purchase only by eligible shareholders. The following sections describe how to open an account directly with us, how to access information about your account, and how to buy, exchange and sell shares of the Fund. Note, this information will vary if you invest through a third party such as a brokerage firm and will be dependent on that firm's policies and practices. Consult your Investment Professional for specific details.
We want to make it simple for you to do business with us. If you have questions about any of this information, please call your Investment Professional or one of our customer service representatives at 800-539-FUND. They will be happy to assist you.
All you need to do to get started is to fill out an application.
Important information about sales load breakpoints
The Fund charges a front-end sales load on purchases of Class A shares. The sales charge is lower for larger investments. The investment levels required to obtain a reduced sales load are commonly referred to as "breakpoints."
In order to obtain a breakpoint discount, you must inform your Investment Professional at the time you purchase shares of the existence of the other Victory accounts or purchases of Victory Funds that are eligible to be linked for the purpose of calculating the initial sales charge. The Fund or your Investment Professional may ask you for records or other information about other Victory Funds held in your accounts and linked accounts, including accounts opened with a different Investment Professional.
When you buy and redeem shares, the Fund will price your transaction at the next-determined net asset value (NAV) after the Fund receives your request in good order.
You can find additional information regarding sales charges and their reductions on the Fund's website, VictoryFunds.com, by clicking on Victory Portfolios' Mutual Fund Pricing Policies . Information regarding sales charges is also included in the Fund's Statement of Additional Information.
15
Organization and
Management of the Fund
The Trust's Board of Trustees has the overall responsibility for overseeing the management of the Fund.
The Investment Adviser
The Trust has an Advisory Agreement with the Adviser. The Adviser is a New York corporation registered as an investment adviser with the SEC. The Adviser oversees the operations of the Fund according to investment policies and procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees. As of December 31, 2013, the Adviser managed or advised assets totaling in excess of $18 billion for individual and institutional clients. The Adviser's address is 4900 Tiedeman Road, 4th Floor, Brooklyn, Ohio 44144.
The Adviser will be paid an advisory fee, before waivers, at an annual rate of 1.25% on the average daily net assets of the Fund. A discussion of the Board's considerations in approving the Advisory Agreement will be available in the Fund's semi-annual report for the period ended April 30, 2014.
Portfolio Management
Margaret Lindsay is the Lead Portfolio Manager, and Tiffany Kuo and Joshua Lindland are Co-Portfolio Managers of the
Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund.
Ms. Lindsay is a Chief Investment Officer (Non-U.S. Small Cap Equity) of the Adviser, and has been with the Adviser or an affiliate since 2006.
Ms. Kuo is a Senior Portfolio Manager/Analyst of the Adviser, and has been with the Adviser or an affiliate since 2006. Ms. Kuo is a CFA charterholder.
Mr. Lindland is a Senior Portfolio Manager/Analyst of the Adviser, and has been with the Adviser or an affiliate since 2006. Mr. Lindland is a CFA charterholder.
Portfolio Managers listed for the Fund are, together, primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund's portfolio.
The Fund's SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers' method of compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers' ownership of securities in the Fund.
16
Composite Information
Prior Performance of Composite of Substantially Similarly Managed Accounts
The table that follows is designed to show you how substantially similar accounts managed and advised by the portfolio management team of the Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund ("Composite") has performed over various periods in the past. You should not consider the performance of this Composite as an indication of the future performance of the Fund.
The Fund has substantially the same investment objective, policies and strategies as the Composite. The Composite consists of all three accounts managed in the emerging markets small cap equity style by the Fund's portfolio managers at any time during the periods shown.
Some of the accounts contained in the Composite are not registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, they may not be subject to some or all of the requirements of the Federal securities laws, including the requirements of the 1940 Act. For example, some of the accounts contained in the Composite may not be subject to limitations on concentration of investments, diversification of investments, limits on liquidity, on issuance of "senior securities," borrowing and lending, and restrictions on transactions with affiliates of the Adviser. Some of the accounts in the Composite may be subject to investment restrictions required by the account holder that differ from those to which the Fund is subject.
While the Fund is managed in a substantially similar manner to the accounts in the Composite, investors should be aware that the Fund is not the same as the Composite and may not have the same performance as its Composite. Different performance results are likely due to differences in cash flows into and out of the Fund, different fees and expenses and differences in investment restrictions.
The performance figures shown for the Composite reflect the deduction of the highest historical fees and expenses paid by the accounts included in the
17
Composite Information (continued)
Composite and not those paid by the Fund. Performance figures would have been lower to the extent they were subject to the Fund's higher fees and expenses. The results shown below reflect the reinvestment of dividends and distributions, and were calculated in a similar manner to that which will be used by the Fund to calculate its own performance.
The following table shows rates of return of the Composite for the periods indicated, as well as a comparison with the performance of the MSCI Emerging Markets Small Cap Index (net dividends), the Fund's benchmark. The returns of the MSCI Emerging Markets Small Cap Index (net dividends) assume all dividends and distributions have been reinvested and reflect no deduction for fees or expenses. All returns below are stated before the imposition of taxes.
After-tax returns would be lower than those shown.
Annualized Compounded Rates of Returns
for the Periods Ended December 31, 2013
1 Year |
5 Years |
Since
Inception 2 |
|||||||||||||
Composite |
5.68 |
% |
21.80 |
% |
6.87 |
% |
|||||||||
MSCI Emerging Markets
Small Cap Index (net dividends) 1 |
1.04 |
% |
19.58 |
% |
5.12 |
% |
1 Morgan Stanley Capital International (MSCI) Emerging Markets Small Cap Index is an unmanaged index that tracks small cap stock performance across 21 Emerging Markets countries. It is not possible to invest directly in an index.
2 The inception date of the Composite is 7/1/2008.
18
Share Price
The Fund calculates its share price, called its NAV, each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. ("NYSE"), which is normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, but may be earlier or later on some days. You may buy, exchange, and sell your shares on any business day at a price that is based on the NAV that is calculated after you place your order. A business day is a day on which the NYSE is open.
The value of the Fund's securities may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase and redeem the Fund's shares if the Fund has portfolio securities that are primarily traded in foreign markets that are open on weekends or other days when the Fund does not price its shares.
The Fund prices its investments based on market value when market quotations are readily available. When these quotations are not readily available, the Fund will price its investments at fair value according to procedures approved by the Board of
Trustees. The Fund will fair value a security when:
n Trading in the security has been halted;
n The market quotation for the security is clearly erroneous due to a clerical error;
n The security's liquidity decreases such that, in the Adviser's opinion, the market quotation has become stale; or
n An event occurs after the close of the trading market (but before the Fund's NAV is calculated) that, in the Adviser's opinion, materially affects the value of the security.
The use of fair value pricing may minimize arbitrage opportunities that attempt to exploit the differences between a security's market quotation and its fair value. The use of fair value pricing may not, however, always reflect a security's actual market value in light of subsequent relevant information, and the security's opening price on the next trading day may be
19
Share Price (continued)
different from the fair value price assigned to the security.
Each class of shares of the Fund calculates its NAV by adding up the total value of the investments and other assets of that class, subtracting its liabilities, and then dividing that figure by the number of outstanding shares of the class.
You may be able to find the Fund's NAV each day in The Wall Street Journal and other newspapers. Newspapers do not normally publish fund information until a fund reaches a specific number of shareholders or level of assets. You may also find the Fund's NAV by calling 800-539-3863 or by visiting the Fund's website at VictoryFunds.com.
The daily NAV is useful to you as a shareholder because the NAV, multiplied by the number of Fund shares you own, gives you the value of your investment.
20
Choosing a Share Class
CLASS A
n Front-end sales charge, as described in this section. There are several ways to reduce or eliminate this charge.
n A deferred sales charge (CDSC) may be imposed if you sell your shares within twelve months of their purchase.
n Class A shares also pay ongoing distribution and/or service (12b-1) fees.
n Lower annual expenses than Class C shares.
CLASS C
n No front-end sales charge. All your money goes to work for you right away.
n A deferred sales charge (CDSC) if you sell your shares within twelve months of their purchase.
n Class C shares also pay ongoing distribution and/or service (12b-1) fees.
n Higher annual expenses than all other classes of shares.
CLASS I
n No front-end sales charge or CDSC. All your money goes to work for you right away.
n Class I shares do not pay any ongoing distribution and/or service (12b-1) fees.
n Class I shares are only available to certain investors.
n Lower annual expenses than all other classes of shares.
21
Choosing a Share Class (continued)
An Investment Professional is an investment consultant, salesperson, financial planner, investment adviser, or trust officer who provides you with investment information. Your Investment Professional also can help you decide which share class is best for you. Investment Professionals and other intermediaries may charge fees for their services.
CLASS Y
n No front-end sales charge or CDSC. All your money goes to work for you right away.
n Class Y shares do not pay any ongoing distribution and/or service (12b-1) fees.
n Class Y shares are only available to certain investors.
n Lower annual expenses than all classes except Class I shares.
Share Classes
The Fund offers Class A, Class C, Class I and Class Y shares. Each share class represents investments in the same portfolio of securities, but each class has its own sales charge and expense structure, allowing you and your Investment Professional to choose the class that best suits your investment needs. When you purchase shares of the Fund, you must choose a share class.
Deciding which share class best suits your situation depends on a number of factors that you should discuss with your Investment Professional, including: how long you expect to hold your investment, how much you intend to invest, and the total expenses associated with each share class.
Also, not all Victory Funds offer all classes of shares, and some classes of shares are available for purchase only by eligible shareholders.
The Fund currently offers only the classes of shares described in this Prospectus. At some future date, the Fund may offer additional classes of shares.
The Fund reserves the right, without notice, to change the eligibility requirements of its share classes, including the types of clients who are eligible to purchase each share class. The Fund may also waive any applicable eligibility requirements or investment minimums at its discretion.
The Fund or any class may be terminated at any time for failure to achieve an economical level of assets or for other reasons.
22
Choosing a Share Class (continued)
Calculation of Sales Charges for Class A Shares
Class A shares are sold at their public offering price, which is the net asset value ("NAV") plus the applicable initial sales charge. The sales charge percentage decreases as the amount that you invest increases. The current sales charge rates are listed below:
Your Investment in the Fund |
Sales Charge
as a % of Offering Price |
Sales Charge
as a % of Your Investment |
|||||||||
Up to $49,999 |
5.75 |
% |
6.10 |
% |
|||||||
$ 50,000 up to $99,999 |
4.50 |
% |
4.71 |
% |
|||||||
$ 100,000 up to $249,999 |
3.50 |
% |
3.63 |
% |
|||||||
$ 250,000 up to $499,999 |
2.50 |
% |
2.56 |
% |
|||||||
$ 500,000 up to $999,999 |
2.00 |
% |
2.04 |
% |
|||||||
$ 1,000,000 and above* |
0.00 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
* A contingent deferred sales charge (CDSC) of 0.75% may be imposed on certain redemptions of Class A shares purchased without an initial sales charge if any of those shares are redeemed in the first year after purchase. This charge will be based on either the cost of the shares or NAV at the time of redemption, whichever is lower. No CDSC is imposed on shares representing reinvested distributions. You may be eligible for a reduction or waiver of this CDSC under certain circumstances. See the SAI for details. The Fund makes available, free of charge, information relating to sales charges on its website at VictoryFunds.com.
Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers for Class A Shares
In order to obtain a Class A sales charge reduction or waiver, you must provide your Investment Professional, financial intermediary or the Fund's transfer agent, at the time of purchase, current information regarding shares of any Victory Funds held in other accounts. Such information must include account statements or other records (including written representations from the intermediary holding the shares) that indicate that a sales charge was paid regarding shares of the Victory Funds held in: (i) all accounts (e.g., retirement accounts) with the Victory Funds and your financial intermediary; (ii) accounts with other financial
For historical expense information, see the "Financial Highlights" at the end of this Prospectus.
23
Choosing a Share Class (continued)
intermediaries; and (iii) accounts in the name of immediate family household members (spouse or domestic partner and children under 21).
You may reduce or eliminate the sales charge in the following cases:
1. Purchases sufficient to reach a breakpoint (see Investing with Victory Important information about sales load breakpoints ).
2. A Letter of Intent allows you to buy Class A shares of the Fund over a 13-month period and receive the same sales charge as if all shares had been purchased at one time. You must start with a minimum initial investment of at least 5.00% of the total amount you intend to purchase. A portion of the shares purchased under the nonbinding Letter of Intent will be held in escrow until the total investment has been completed. In the event the Letter of Intent is not completed, sufficient escrowed shares will be redeemed to pay any applicable front-end sales charges.
3. Rights of Accumulation allow you to add the value of any Class A shares of the Fund that you already own (excluding shares sold without a sales charge) to the amount of your next Class A investment to determine if your additional investment will qualify for a reduced sales charge. The value of the Class A shares you already own will be calculated by using the greater of the current value or the original investment amount.
4. The Combination Privilege allows you to combine the value of Class A shares you own in accounts of multiple Victory Funds (excluding shares sold without a sales charge) and in accounts of household members of your immediate family (spouse or domestic partner and children under 21) to achieve a reduced sales charge on your added investment.
24
Choosing a Share Class (continued)
5. The Reinstatement Privilege permits an investor, within 90 days of a redemption of Class A shares of the Fund, to reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds in the Class A shares of any Victory Fund at the NAV next computed after receipt by the transfer agent of the reinvestment order. No service charge is currently imposed on reinvestment in shares of the Victory Funds.
6. The Victory Funds will completely waive the sales charge for Class A shares in the following cases:
a. Purchases of $1,000,000 or more.
b. Purchases by:
i. current and retired Victory Fund trustees or officers;
ii. directors, trustees, employees, and family members of employees of the Adviser or "Affiliated Providers;"* and
iii. brokers (and their sales representatives) where those brokers have agreements with Victory Capital Advisers, Inc., (the "Distributor") to sell shares of the Fund.
c. Purchases for trust or other advisory accounts established with a financial institution and fee-based investment products or accounts.
d. Reinvestment of proceeds from a liquidation distribution of Class A shares of a Victory Fund held in a deferred compensation plan, agency, trust, or custody account.
e. Purchases by retirement plans, including Section 401 and 457 Plans sponsored by a Section 501(c)(3) organization and certain non-qualified deferred compensation arrangements that operate in a similar manner to qualified plans, and IRA rollovers
There are several ways you can combine multiple purchases in the Victory Funds and take advantage of reduced sales charges and, in some cases, eliminate the sales charges.
*Affiliated Providers are affiliates and subsidiaries of the Adviser, and any organization that provides services to the Trust.
25
Choosing a Share Class (continued)
from such plans, if a Victory Fund Class A share was offered. If the distributor pays a concession to the dealer of record, a CDSC of 0.75% will be charged to the shareholder if any of those shares are redeemed in the first year after purchase. This charge will be based on either the cost of the shares or NAV at the time of redemption, whichever is lower. There will be no CDSC on reinvested distributions. You may be eligible for reduction or waiver of this CDSC under certain circumstances. See the SAI for details.
f. Purchases by participants in the Victory Investment Program.
g. Purchases by participants in no transaction fee programs offered by certain broker-dealers (sometimes referred to as "supermarkets").
h. Purchases by financial intermediaries who have entered into an agreement with the Distributor to offer shares to self-directed investment brokerage accounts that may or may not charge a transaction fee to its customers.
Calculation of Sales Charges for Class C Shares
You will pay a 1.00% CDSC on any Class C shares you sell within 12 months of purchase. The CDSC is based on the current value of the shares being sold or their NAV when purchased, whichever is less. There is no CDSC on shares you acquire by reinvesting your dividends or capital gains distributions. You may be eligible for reduction or waiver of this CDSC under certain circumstances. There is no CDSC imposed when you exchange your shares for Class C shares of another Victory Fund; however, your exchange is subject to the same CDSC schedule that applied to your original purchase.
An investor may, within 90 days of a redemption of Class C shares, reinvest all or part of the redemption
26
Choosing a Share Class (continued)
proceeds in the Class C shares of any Victory Fund at the NAV next computed after receipt by the transfer agent of the reinvestment order. Class C share proceeds reinstated do not result in a refund of any CDSC paid by the shareholder, but the reinstated shares will be treated as CDSC exempt upon reinstatement. The shareholder must ask the Distributor for such privilege at the time of reinvestment.
To keep your CDSC as low as possible, each time you sell shares we will first sell shares in your account that are not subject to CDSC. If there are not enough of these to meet your sale, we will sell the shares in the order they were purchased.
Individual purchases of $1,000,000 and above will automatically be made in Class A shares of the Fund.
Eligibility Requirements to Purchase Class I Shares
Only Eligible Investors may purchase or exchange into Class I shares of the Fund. Eligible Investors include the following:
n Institutional and individual retail investors with a minimum investment in Class I shares of $2,500,000 who purchase through certain broker-dealers or directly from the transfer agent;
n Retirement plans, including Section 401 and 457 plans, section 403 plans sponsored by a section 501(c)(3) organization and certain non-qualified deferred compensation arrangements that operate in a similar manner to qualified plans;
n Investors in select fee based programs;
n Current and retired Fund trustees or officers;
n Directors, trustees, employees, and family members of employees of the Adviser or "Affiliated Providers;"**
**Affiliated Providers are affiliates, parents and subsidiaries of the Adviser and any organization that provides services to the Trust.
27
Choosing a Share Class (continued)
n Purchases by participants in the Victory Investment Program; and
n Brokers (and their sales representatives) where those brokers have agreements with the Distributor to sell shares of a Fund.
The Fund may allow a lower initial investment if, in the opinion of the Distributor, the investor has the adequate intent and availability of assets to reach a future level of investment of $2,500,000. The Fund reserves the right to change the criteria for Eligible Investors and the investment minimums.
Eligibility Requirements to Purchase Class Y Shares
Only Eligible Investors may purchase or exchange into Class Y shares of the Fund. Eligible Investors include the following:
n Investors who purchase through select fee-based advisory programs with an approved financial intermediary. In fee-based advisory programs, a financial intermediary typically charges each investor a fee based upon the value of the account. Such transactions may be subject to additional rules or requirements of the applicable financial intermediary's program.
28
How to Buy Shares
Opening an account
If you would like to open an account, you will first need to complete an Account Application.
You can obtain an Account Application by calling Victory Funds Customer Service at 1-800-539-3863. You can also download an Account Application by visiting the Funds website, VictoryFunds.com, and clicking on the Victory Funds Account Application link. Send the completed Account Application, along with a check made payable to the Victory Funds, to the Fund at the following address:
The Victory Funds
P.O. Box 182593
Columbus, OH 43218-2593.
You can also obtain an Account Application by contacting your Investment Professional. When you invest through an Investment Professional, the procedures for buying, selling, and exchanging shares and the account features and policies may differ. In addition to any limitations described in this Prospectus, an Investment Professional or other intermediary may also place other limits on your ability to use the services of a Fund. Sometimes an Investment Professional will charge you for its services. This fee will be in addition to, and unrelated to, the fees and expenses charged by a Fund.
Mutual funds must obtain and verify information that identifies investors opening new accounts. If the Fund is unable to collect the required information, you may not be able to open your account. Additional details about the Fund's Customer Identification Program are available in the section "Important Fund Policies."
If your investment order is accepted by the Fund, an Investment Professional or other intermediary, it will be priced at the NAV next computed as described in the section entitled "Share Price."
If you participate in a retirement plan that offers one of the Victory Funds as an option, please consult your employer for information on how to purchase shares of the Victory Funds through the plan, including any restrictions or limitations that may apply.
29
How to Buy Shares (continued)
Paying for your initial purchase
Make your check payable to The Victory Funds. All checks must be drawn on U.S. banks. If your check is returned as uncollectible for any reason, you will be charged for any resulting fees and/or losses. The Fund does not accept cash, money orders, traveler's checks, credit card convenience checks, or third party checks. Additionally, bank starter checks are not accepted for the shareholder's initial investment into the Fund. All payments must be denominated in U.S. dollars.
Minimum investments
If you would like to buy Class A or Class C shares, the minimum investment required to open an account is $2,500 ($1,000 for IRA accounts), with additional investments of at least $250. If you would like to buy Class I or Class Y shares, you must first be an Eligible Investor, as discussed in the section Choosing a Share Class Eligibility Requirements to Purchase . There are no minimum investment amounts required for Class I and Class Y shares except as set forth in the Eligibility Requirements to Purchase.
If your account falls below the minimum investment amount, we may ask you to reestablish the minimum investment. If you do not do so within 60 days, we may close your account and send you the value of your account.
The minimum investment required to open an account may be waived or lowered for employees, and immediate family members of the employee, of the Adviser, the Administrator, and their affiliates. In addition, the minimum investment required may be waived when the Fund is purchased in a managed account or within qualified retirement plans or in other similar circumstances. Although the Fund may sometimes waive the minimum investment, when it does so, it always reserves the right to reject initial investments under the minimum at its discretion.
There is no minimum investment required to open an account or for additional investments in Victory Simple IRAs.
30
How to Buy Shares (continued)
Purchasing additional shares
Once you have an existing account, you can make additional investments at any time in any amount (subject to any minimums) in the following ways:
n By Mail
To ensure that your additional investment is properly credited to your account, use the Investment Stub attached to your confirmation statement and send it with your check to the address indicated.
n By Telephone
If you have an existing account that has been set up to receive electronic transfers, you can buy additional shares by calling Victory Funds Customer Service at 800-539-3863 between 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. (Eastern Time), Monday through Friday.
n By Exchange
You may purchase shares of the Fund using the proceeds from the simultaneous redemption of shares of another Victory Fund. You may initiate an exchange online (if you are a registered user of VictoryFunds.com), by telephone, or by mail. See the section "Exchanging Shares."
n Via the Internet
If you are a registered user, you may request a purchase of shares through our website at VictoryFunds.com. Your account must be set up for Automated Clearing House ("ACH") payment in order to execute online purchases.
n By ACH
Your account must be set up for ACH payment in order to execute purchases online or by telephone. It takes about 15 days to set up an ACH account and only domestic member banks may be used. After your account is set up, your purchase amount can be transferred by ACH. Currently, the Funds do not charge a fee for ACH transfers but they reserve the right to
31
How to Buy Shares (continued)
charge for this service in the future. Your originating bank may charge a fee for ACH transfers.
n By Wire
You may buy Fund shares by bank wire transfer of same day funds. Please call Victory Funds Customer Service at 800-539-3863 between 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. (Eastern Time), Monday through Friday for wiring instructions. Any commercial bank can transfer same-day funds by wire.
Although the Transfer Agent does not currently charge you for receiving same-day funds, it reserves the right to charge for this service in the future. Your bank may charge you for wiring same-day funds. You cannot buy shares for tax-qualified retirement plans by wire transfer.
n By Systematic Investment Plan
To enroll in the Systematic Investment Plan, you should check this box on the Account Application or on the Account Maintenance Form. We will need your bank information and the amount ($250 or more) and frequency of your investment. You can select monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual investments. You should attach a voided personal check so the proper information can be obtained. You must first meet the minimum investment requirement before we will make automatic withdrawals from your bank account and invest it in shares of a Fund.
Other purchase rules you should know
Each Fund reserves the right to refuse a purchase order for any reason, including if it believes that doing so would be in the best interest of the Fund or its shareholders. Each Fund also reserves the right, without notice, to increase or decrease the minimum amount required to open, convert shares to, or maintain a Fund account, or to add to an existing Fund account.
32
How to Buy Shares (continued)
|
BY REGULAR U.S. MAIL |
The Victory Funds
P.O. Box 182593 Columbus, OH 43218-2593 |
|||||||||
|
BY OVERNIGHT
|
Use the following address ONLY for overnight packages:
The Victory Funds c/o Citi TA Operations 3435 Stelzer Road Columbus, OH 43219 PHONE: 800-539-3863 |
|||||||||
|
BY WIRE |
Call 800-539-3863 BEFORE wiring money to notify the Fund that you intend to purchase shares by wire and to verify wire instructions. | |||||||||
|
BY
TELEPHONE |
800-539- FUND (800-539-3863) | |||||||||
|
ON THE
INTERNET |
www.VictoryFunds.com |
Keep these addresses handy for purchases, exchanges, or redemptions.
Statements and Reports
You will receive a periodic statement reflecting any transactions that affect the balance or registration of your account. You will receive a confirmation after any purchase, exchange, or redemption. If your account has been set up by an Investment Professional, Fund activity will be detailed in that account's statements. Share certificates are not issued. Twice a year, you will receive the financial reports of the Fund. By February 15th of each year, you will be mailed an IRS form reporting distributions for the previous year, which also will be filed with the IRS.
33
How to Buy Shares (continued)
If you would like to make additional investments after your account is established, use the Investment Stub attached to your confirmation statement and send it with your check to the address indicated.
Retirement Plans
You can use the Fund as part of your retirement portfolio. Your Investment Professional can set up your new account under one of several tax-deferred retirement plans. Please contact your Investment Professional or the Fund for details regarding an IRA or other retirement plan that works best for your financial situation.
34
How to Exchange Shares
The shares of any class of any Fund may be exchanged for the shares of any other class offered by that Fund or the same class, or any other class, of any other Victory Fund, either through your Investment Professional or directly through the Fund, subject to the conditions described below:
n Exchanges are subject to any CDSC, minimum investment limitation or eligibility requirements described in the applicable Prospectus and SAI. You may be required to provide sufficient information to establish eligibility to exchange to the new share class.
n The Fund shares you want to exchange and the Fund shares you want to buy must be subject to the exchange privilege.
n Shares of the Fund selected for exchange must be available for sale in your state of residence.
If you have questions about these, or any of the Funds' other exchange policies, please consult Victory Customer Service or your Investment Professional before requesting an exchange.
Before exchanging, you should read the Prospectus of the Fund you wish to exchange into, which may be subject to different risks, fees and expenses.
C share conversion
You may be able to convert your Class C shares to a different share class of the same Fund that has a lower expense ratio provided certain conditions are met. This conversion feature is intended for shares held through a financial intermediary offering a fee-based or wrap fee program that has an agreement with the Adviser or the Distributor specific for this purpose. Generally, Class C shares are not eligible for conversion until the applicable CDSC period has expired. Please contact your financial intermediary for additional information.
Processing your exchange/conversion
If your exchange request is received and accepted by the Fund, an Investment Professional or other intermediary by the close of trading as described in
You can obtain a list of Victory Funds available for exchange by calling 800-539-FUND or by visiting VictoryFunds.com
35
How to Exchange Shares (continued)
the section entitled "Share Price" then your exchange will be processed the same day. Your exchange will be processed on the next business day if received after the close of trading. Exchanges will occur at the respective NAVs of the share classes next calculated after receipt and acceptance of your exchange request, plus any applicable sales charge described in the Prospectus.
If your shares of a Fund are converted to a different share class of the same Fund, the transaction will be based on the respective net asset value of each class as of the trade date of the conversion. Consequently, you may receive fewer shares or more shares than originally owned, depending on that day's net asset values. Please contact your financial intermediary regarding the tax consequences of any conversion.
Requesting an exchange
You can exchange shares of a Fund by telephone, by mail or via the Internet. You cannot exchange into an account with a different registration or tax identification number.
n By Telephone
Unless you indicate otherwise on the account application, Victory Customer Service will be authorized to accept exchange instructions received by telephone.
n By Mail
Send a letter of instruction signed by all registered owners or their legal representatives to the Victory Funds.
n Via the Internet
You may also exchange shares via the Internet at VictoryFunds.com if you are a registered user.
Other exchange rules you should know
Each Fund may refuse any exchange purchase request if the Adviser determines that the request is associated with a market timing strategy. Each Fund may
36
How to Exchange Shares (continued)
terminate or modify the exchange privilege at any time on 60 days' notice to shareholders.
An exchange of Fund shares for shares of another Fund constitutes a sale for tax purposes unless the exchange is made within an IRA or other tax-deferred account.
For information on how to exchange shares of a Fund that were purchased through your employer's retirement plan, including any restrictions and charges that the plan may impose, please consult your employer.
37
How to Sell Shares
If your redemption request is received in good order by the close of trading on the NYSE, your redemption will be processed the same day. Your redemption will not be processed until the next business day if it is received after the close of trading on the NYSE. You cannot redeem your shares at www.VictoryFunds.com.
BY TELEPHONE
The easiest way to redeem shares is by calling 800-539-FUND. When you fill out your original application, be sure to check the box marked "Telephone Authorization." Then when you are ready to sell, call and tell us which one of the following options you would like to use:
n Mail a check to the address of record;
n Wire funds to a previously designated domestic financial institution;
n Mail a check to a previously designated alternate address; or
n Electronically transfer your redemption via ACH to a previously designated domestic financial institution.
The transfer agent records all telephone calls
for your protection and takes measures to verify the identity of the caller. If the transfer agent properly acts on telephone instructions and follows reasonable procedures to ensure against unauthorized transactions, none of the Trust, its servicing agents, the Adviser, or the transfer agent will be responsible for any losses. If the transfer agent does not follow these procedures, it may be liable to you for losses resulting from unauthorized instructions.
If there is an unusual amount of market activity and you cannot reach the transfer agent or your Investment Professional by telephone, consider placing your order by mail.
There are a number of convenient ways to sell your shares. You can use the same mailing addresses listed for purchases.
38
How to Sell Shares (continued)
BY MAIL
Use the regular U.S. mail or overnight mail address to redeem shares. Send us a letter of instruction indicating your Fund account number, amount of redemption, and where to send the proceeds. A Medallion signature guarantee is required for the following redemption requests:
n Your account registration has changed within the last 15 days;
n The check is not being mailed to the address on your account;
n The check is not being made payable to the owner of the account;
n The redemption proceeds are being transferred to another Victory Fund account with a different registration; or
n The check or wire is being sent to a different bank account than was previously designated.
You can get a Medallion signature guarantee from a financial institution such as a
commercial bank, broker dealer, credit union, clearing agency, or savings bank that is a member of a Medallion signature guarantee program.
BY WIRE
If you want to receive your proceeds by wire, you must establish a Fund account that will accommodate wire transactions. If you call before the close of trading on the NYSE, your funds will be wired on the same business day.
BY ACH
Normally, your redemption will be processed on the same day, but will be processed on the next day if received after the close of trading on the NYSE. It will be transferred by ACH as long as the transfer is to a domestic bank.
39
How to Sell Shares (continued)
Systematic Withdrawal Plan
If you check this box on the Account Application or on the Account Maintenance Form, we will send monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, or annual payments to the person you designate. The minimum withdrawal is $25, and you must have a balance of $5,000 or more at the time you establish the Systematic Withdrawal Plan. If the payment is to be sent to an account of yours, we will need a voided check to activate this feature. If the payment is to be made to an address different from your account address, we will need a Medallion signature guaranteed letter of instruction. You should be aware that each withdrawal may be a taxable transaction. Also, each withdrawal reduces your account balance, and eventually your account balance may be depleted. However, you cannot automatically close your account using the Systematic Withdrawal Plan. If your balance falls below the initial purchase minimum, we may ask you to bring the account back to the minimum balance. If you decide not to increase your account to the minimum balance, your account may be closed and the proceeds mailed to you.
Additional Information about Redemptions
n Redemption proceeds from the sale of Fund shares purchased by a check or through ACH will be held until the purchase check or ACH has cleared, which may take up to 10 business days.
n The Fund may postpone payment of redemption proceeds for up to seven calendar days at any time.
n The Fund may suspend your right to redeem your shares in the following circumstances:
• During non-routine closings of the NYSE;
• When the SEC determines either that trading on the NYSE is restricted or that an emergency prevents the sale or valuation of the Fund's securities; or
40
How to Sell Shares (continued)
• When the SEC orders a suspension to protect the Fund's shareholders.
n The Fund will pay redemptions by any one shareholder during any 90-day period in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1.00% of the Fund's net assets. The Fund reserves the right to pay the remaining portion "in kind," that is, in portfolio securities rather than cash.
n If you choose to have your redemption proceeds mailed to you and either the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the redemption check to you or the check remains outstanding for at least six months, the Fund reserves the right to reinvest the check in shares of the Fund at its then current NAV until you give the Fund different instructions. No interest will accrue on amounts represented by uncashed redemption checks.
41
Distribution and
Service Plans
Distribution Plans
In accordance with Rule 12b-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Trust has adopted Distribution and Service Plans for Class A shares and Class C shares of the Fund.
Under the Class A Distribution and Service Plan, the Fund will pay to the Distributor a monthly fee at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the Fund's average daily net assets. The fee is paid for general distribution services, for selling Class A shares for the Fund and for providing personal services to shareholders of the Fund. Distribution and selling services are provided by the Distributor or by agents of the Distributor and include those services intended to result in the sale of the Fund's shares. Personal services to shareholders are generally provided by broker-dealers or other intermediaries and consist of responding to inquiries, providing information to shareholders about their Fund accounts, establishing and maintaining accounts and records, providing dividend and distribution payments, arranging for bank wires, assisting in transactions and changing account information.
Under the Class C Distribution and Service Plan, the Fund will pay to the Distributor a monthly fee at an annual rate of 1.00% of the average daily net assets of its Class C shares. Of this amount, 0.75% of the Fund's Class C shares average daily net assets will be paid for general distribution services and for selling Class C shares. The Fund will pay 0.25% of its Class C shares average daily net assets to compensate financial institutions that provide personal services to Class C shareholders of the Fund. Distribution and selling services are provided by the Distributor or by agents of the Distributor and include those services intended to result in the sale of the Fund's Class C shares. Personal services to shareholders are generally provided by broker-dealers or other financial intermediaries and consist of responding to inquiries,
42
Distribution and Service Plans (continued)
providing information to shareholders about their Fund accounts, establishing and maintaining accounts and records, providing dividend and distribution payments, arranging for bank wires, assisting in transactions and changing account information.
Because Rule 12b-1 fees are paid out of the Fund's assets and on an ongoing basis, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.
Other Payments to Financial Intermediaries
The Adviser (and its affiliates) may make substantial payments to affiliated and unaffiliated dealers or other Investment Professionals and service providers for distribution, administrative and/or shareholder servicing activities, out of its own resources, including the profits from the advisory fees the Adviser receives from the Fund. The Adviser also may reimburse the Distributor (or the Distributor's affiliates) for making these payments. Some of these distribution-related payments may be made to dealers or Investment Professional for marketing, promotional or related expenses; these payments are often referred to as "revenue sharing." In some circumstances, those types of payments may create an incentive for a dealer or Investment Professional or its representatives to recommend or offer shares of the Fund or other Victory Funds to its customers. You should ask your dealer or Investment Professional for more details about any such payments it receives.
43
Dividends, Distributions, and Taxes
Buying a dividend. You should check the Fund's distribution schedule before you invest. If you buy shares of the Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, some of your investment may come back to you as a taxable distribution.
Your choice of distribution should be set up on the original Account Application. If you would like to change the option you selected, please call 800-539-FUND.
As a shareholder, you are entitled to your share of net income and capital gains on the Fund's investments. The Fund passes its earnings along to investors in the form of dividends. Dividends paid by the Fund represent the net income from dividends and interest earned on investments after expenses. The Fund will distribute short-term gains, as necessary, and if the Fund makes a long-term capital gain distribution, it is normally paid once a year.
Ordinarily, the Fund declares and pays dividends annually. However, the Fund may not always pay a dividend or distribution for a given period. Each class of shares declares and pays dividends separately.
Distributions can be received in one of the following ways. Please check with your Investment Professional if you are unsure of which option is right for you.
REINVESTMENT OPTION
You can have distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of the Fund. If you do not indicate another choice on your Account Application, you will be assigned this option automatically.
Your choice of distribution should be set up on the original Account Application. If you would like to change the option you selected, please call 800-539-FUND.
CASH OPTION
A check will be mailed to you no later than seven days after the dividend payment date. If you choose to have your distribution proceeds mailed to you and either the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the distribution check to you or the check remains outstanding for at least six months, the distribution option on your account will default to the Reinvestment Option described above. The Fund reserves the right to reinvest the check in shares of the Fund at its then current NAV until you give the Fund different instructions. No interest will accrue on amounts represented by uncashed distribution checks.
44
Dividends, Distributions, and Taxes (continued)
INCOME EARNED OPTION
You can automatically reinvest your dividends in additional shares of the Fund and have your capital gains paid in cash, or reinvest capital gains and have your dividends paid in cash.
DIRECTED DIVIDENDS OPTION
In most cases, you can automatically reinvest distributions in shares of another Victory Fund. If you reinvest your distributions in a different Victory Fund, you may pay a sales charge on the reinvested distributions.
DIRECTED BANK ACCOUNT OPTION
In most cases, you can automatically transfer distributions to your bank checking or savings account. Under normal circumstances, the transfer agent will transfer your distributions within seven days of the dividend payment date. The bank account must have a registration identical to that of your Fund account.
45
Dividends, Distributions, and Taxes (continued)
Important Information about Taxes
The Fund expects to pay no federal income tax on the earnings and capital gains it distributes to shareholders.
n Qualified dividends received from the Fund by noncorporate shareholders will be taxed at long-term capital gain rates to the extent attributable to qualified dividends received by the Fund. Nonqualified dividends, dividends received by corporate shareholders and dividends from the Fund's short-term capital gains are taxable as ordinary income. Dividends from the Fund's long-term capital gains are taxable as long-term capital gains.
n Dividends are treated in the same manner for U.S. federal income tax purposes whether you receive them in cash, additional shares of the Fund, or you reinvest them in shares of another Victory Fund.
n An exchange of the Fund's shares for shares of another Victory Fund will be treated as a sale. When you sell or exchange shares of the Fund, you must recognize any gain or loss.
n An exchange of one class of a Fund's shares for shares of another class of the same Fund generally constitutes a nontaxable exchange.
n Distributions from the Fund and gains from the disposition of your shares may also be subject to state and local income tax.
n An additional 3.8% Medicare tax will be imposed on certain net investment income (which includes ordinary dividends, capital gain distributions from the Fund, and gain recognized on a disposition of shares) of certain U.S. individuals, estates, and trusts.
n Certain dividends paid to you in January will be taxable as if they had been paid to you the previous December.
46
Dividends, Distributions, and Taxes (continued)
Important Information about Taxes
n Tax statements will be mailed from the Fund by mid-February showing the amounts and tax status of distributions made to you.
n Because your tax treatment depends on your purchase price and tax position, you should keep your regular account statements for use in determining your tax.
n The Fund is generally required by law to provide you and the Internal Revenue Service with certain cost basis information related to the sale or redemption of any of your shares in the Fund acquired on or after January 1, 2012 (including distributions that are reinvested in additional shares of the Fund).
n The Fund may be required to withhold tax from taxable distributions if you fail to give your correct social security or taxpayer identification number, fail to make required certifications, or the Fund is notified by the Internal Revenue Service that backup withholding is required.
n You should review the more detailed discussion of federal income tax considerations in the SAI and consult your tax adviser regarding the federal, state, local, or foreign tax consequences resulting from your investment in the Fund.
n The Fund may provide estimated capital gain distribution information through its website at VictoryFunds.com.
n In the event that a Fund's direct investments in foreign securities are subject to foreign withholding taxes, the Fund's yield on those securities would generally be decreased. A Fund may elect to pass through to its shareholders the ability to claim a credit or deduction for certain foreign taxes it has paid if, at the end of its year, more than 50% of the value of the Fund's total assets are stocks or securities of foreign corporations.
The tax information in this Prospectus is provided as general information. You should consult your own tax adviser about the tax consequences of an investment in the Fund.
47
Important Fund Policies
Customer Identification Program
To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens a new account, and to determine whether such person's name appears on government lists of known or suspected terrorists and terrorist organizations.
As a result, the Fund must obtain the following information for each person who opens a new account:
n Name;
n Date of birth (for individuals);
n Residential or business street address (although post office boxes are still permitted for mailing); and
n Social security number, taxpayer identification number, or other identifying number.
You may also be asked for a copy of your driver's license, passport or other identifying document in order to verify your identity. In addition, it may be necessary to verify your identity by cross-referencing your identification information with a consumer report or other electronic database. Additional information may be required to open accounts for corporations and other entities. Federal law prohibits the Fund and other financial institutions from opening a new account unless they receive the minimum identifying information listed above. After an account is opened, the Fund may restrict your ability to purchase additional shares until your identity is verified. The Fund may close your account or take other appropriate action if it is unable to verify your identity within a reasonable time. If your account is closed for this reason, your shares will be redeemed at the NAV next calculated after the account is closed.
48
Important Fund Policies (continued)
Account Maintenance Information
For the following non-financial transactions, the Victory Funds require proof that your signature authorizing a transaction is authentic. This verification can be provided by either a Signature Validation Program (SVP) stamp or a Medallion signature guarantee. As with the Medallion signature guarantee, a SVP stamp can also be obtained from a financial institution that is a member of the SVP program.
n Change of name;
n Add/change banking instructions;
n Add/change beneficiaries;
n Add/change authorized account traders;
n Adding a Power of Attorney;
n Add/change Trustee; and
n Uniform Transfers to Minors Act/ Uniform Gifts to Minors Act custodian change.
Market Timing
The Victory Funds discourage frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares (market timing). Market timing allows investors to take advantage of market inefficiencies, sometimes to the disadvantage of other shareholders. Market timing increases Fund expenses to all shareholders by increasing portfolio turnover. In addition, market timing could potentially dilute share value for all other shareholders by requiring the Fund to hold more cash than it normally would.
The Fund's Board of Trustees has adopted policies and procedures with respect to market timing. In order to prevent or minimize market timing, the Fund will:
n Employ "fair value" pricing, as described in this Prospectus under Share Price , to minimize the discrepancies between a security's market quotation and its perceived market value, which often gives rise to market timing activity; and
n Monitor for suspected market timing based on "short-term transaction" activity, that is, a purchase or redemption of a Fund and, as applicable, a subsequent redemption or purchase of the same Fund, or an exchange of all or part of that same Fund.
49
Important Fund Policies (continued)
In monitoring for market timing activity, we consider, among other things, the frequency of your trades and whether you acquired your Fund shares directly through the transfer agent or whether you combined your trades with a group of shareholders in an omnibus account or otherwise placed your order through a securities dealer or other financial intermediary.
Frequent trading by a shareholder is generally a characteristic of market timing. Therefore, any account in which Fund shares are acquired directly through the transfer agent, or where the Fund can adequately identify the shareholder, with a history of three short-term transactions within 90 days or less is suspected of market timing and the shareholder's trading privileges (other than redemption of Fund shares) will be suspended.
We may make exceptions to the "short-term transaction" policy for certain types of transactions if, in the opinion of the Adviser, under the oversight of the Board, the transactions do not represent short-term or excessive trading or are not abusive or harmful to the Fund, such as, but not limited to, systematic transactions, required minimum retirement distributions, transactions initiated by the Fund or administrator and transactions by certain qualified funds-of-funds.
If you acquired shares through an omnibus account or otherwise placed your order through a securities dealer or other financial intermediary (such as investment advisers, broker-dealers, third-party administrators or insurance companies), and market timing is suspected, different purchase and exchange limitations may apply. We may rely upon a financial intermediary's policy to deter short-term or excessive trading (i) if we believe that the financial intermediary's policy is reasonably designed to detect and deter transactions that are not in the best interests of the Fund, or (ii) if we receive an undertaking from the financial intermediary to enforce short-term or excessive trading policies on behalf of the Fund that provide a substantially similar level of protection for the Fund against such transactions. If you hold your Fund shares through a financial intermediary, you are advised to consult the
50
Important Fund Policies (continued)
intermediary to determine what purchase and exchange limitations apply to your account.
We reserve the right to reject or cancel a purchase or exchange order for any reason without prior notice. We will deny your request to purchase or exchange your shares if we believe that the transaction is part of a market timing strategy.
The Fund's market timing policies and procedures may be modified or terminated at any time under the oversight of the Board.
Portfolio Holdings Disclosure
The Fund discloses its complete portfolio holdings as of the end of its second fiscal quarter (April 30th) and its fiscal year (October 31st) in its reports to shareholders. The Fund sends reports to its existing shareholders no later than 60 days after the relevant fiscal period, and files these reports with the SEC by the 70th day after the end of the relevant fiscal period. You can find these reports on the Fund's website, VictoryFunds.com, and on the SEC's website, www.sec.gov.
The Fund files its complete portfolio holdings as of the end of its first and third fiscal quarters (January 31st and July 31st, respectively) with the SEC on Form N-Q no later than 60 days after the relevant fiscal period. You can find these filings on the SEC's website, www.sec.gov.
The Fund also discloses its complete portfolio holdings each calendar quarter on the Fund's website, VictoryFunds.com, by no later than the 15th day of the following calendar month.
You can find a description of the Fund's policies and procedures with respect to disclosure of its portfolio securities in the Fund's Statement of Additional Information or on the Fund's website, VictoryFunds.com
Performance
The Victory Funds may advertise the performance of the Fund by comparing it to other mutual funds with similar objectives and policies. Performance information also may appear in various publications. Any fees charged by
51
Important Fund Policies (continued)
Investment Professionals may not be reflected in these performance calculations.
Advertising information may include the average annual total return of the Fund calculated on a compounded basis for specified periods of time. Total return information will be calculated according to rules established by the SEC. Such information may include performance rankings and similar information from independent organizations and publications.
Shareholder Communications
In order to eliminate duplicate mailings to an address at which two or more shareholders with the same last name reside, the Victory Funds may send only one copy of any shareholder reports, proxy statements, prospectuses and their supplements, unless you have instructed us to the contrary. You may request that the Victory Funds send these documents to each shareholder individually by calling the Victory Funds at 800-539-FUND (800-539-3863), and they will be delivered promptly.
Manager of Managers Structure
Subject to the review and approval of the Board, and notice to shareholders, the Fund may adopt a "manager of managers" structure. In a manager of managers structure, the Adviser implements the Fund's investment strategies primarily by selecting one or more sub-advisers, rather than relying on its portfolio managers. The Adviser would enter into one or more sub-advisory agreements without first obtaining shareholder approval when the Adviser and the Board believe that the selection of the sub-adviser would benefit the Fund and its shareholders. In evaluating a prospective sub-adviser, the Adviser would consider, among other things, the firm's experience, investment philosophy and historical performance. The Adviser would remain ultimately responsible for supervising, monitoring and evaluating the performance of any sub-adviser retained to manage the Fund.
The Fund would adopt a manager of managers structure in reliance on an order received from the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any amended or superseding
52
Important Fund Policies (continued)
order obtained in the future (the "SEC Order"). The Fund and the Adviser would comply with the relevant restrictions and conditions contained in the SEC Order, which were designed to protect Fund shareholders from potential conflicts of interests, including a requirement that the Fund notify shareholders and provide them with certain information in connection with the retention of any new sub-adviser or a material amendment of any existing sub-adviser agreement.
53
Other Service Providers
Victory Capital Advisers, Inc. (the Distributor), member FINRA and SIPC, 4900 Tiedeman Road, 4th Floor, Brooklyn, Ohio 44144, serves as distributor for the continuous offering of the Fund's shares. The Distributor is an affiliate of the Adviser.
Citibank N.A., 388 Greenwich St., New York, New York 10013, serves as the custodian of the Fund's investments and cash and settles trades made by the Fund.
Victory Capital Management Inc., 4900 Tiedeman Road, 4th Floor, Brooklyn, Ohio 44144, serves as the Administrator and Fund Accountant for the Fund.
Citi Fund Services Ohio, Inc., 3435 Stelzer Road, Columbus, Ohio 43219, serves as the sub-administrator, transfer agent, sub-fund accountant and dividend disbursing agent for the Fund.
Ernst & Young LLP, 1900 Scripps Center, 312 Walnut Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202, serves as the Independent Registered Public Accounting firm for the Fund.
Morrison & Foerster LLP, 1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10104, serves as legal counsel to the Fund.
54
Financial Highlights
No financial information is available for the Fund since it had not yet commenced operations as of the date of this prospectus.
55
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
THE VICTORY PORTFOLIOS
FUND NAME |
|
CLASS A |
|
CLASS C |
|
CLASS I |
|
CLASS Y |
|
Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund |
|
VAEMX |
|
VCEMX |
|
VIEMX |
|
VYEMX |
|
March 31, 2014
This Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the prospectus of the Fund listed above, which is dated March 31, 2014, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time. This SAI is incorporated by reference in its entirety into the prospectus. Copies of the prospectus may be obtained by writing the Funds at P.O. Box 182593 Columbus, Ohio 43218-2593, or by calling toll free 800-539-FUND (800-539-3863).
Table of Contents
|
Page |
General Information |
1 |
Investment Objectives, Policies and Limitations |
1 |
Investment Strategies |
4 |
Instruments in Which the Funds Can Invest |
4 |
Debt Securities |
5 |
International and Foreign Investments |
10 |
Derivatives |
12 |
Other Investments |
18 |
Determining Net Asset Value (NAV) and Valuing Portfolio Securities |
21 |
Performance |
21 |
Additional Purchase, Exchange and Redemption Information |
25 |
Dividends and Distributions |
32 |
Taxes |
32 |
Trustees and Officers |
41 |
Advisory and Other Contracts |
47 |
Additional Information |
59 |
Appendix A Description of Security Ratings |
A-1 |
GENERAL INFORMATION .
The Victory Portfolios (the Trust) was organized as a Delaware statutory trust (formerly referred to as a business trust) on December 6, 1995 as a successor to a company of the same name organized as a Massachusetts business trust on February 5, 1986. The Trust is an open-end management investment company. The Trust currently consists of 16 series (collectively the Victory Funds) of units of beneficial interest (shares).
This SAI relates to the shares of the Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund (the Fund) and its respective classes. Much of the information contained in this SAI expands on subjects discussed in the prospectus. Capitalized terms not defined herein are used as defined in the prospectus. No investment in shares of the Fund should be made without first reading the Funds prospectus.
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, POLICIES AND LIMITATIONS .
Investment Objectives.
The Funds investment objective is fundamental, meaning it may not be changed without a vote of the holders of a majority of the Funds outstanding voting securities. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.
Investment Policies and Limitations of the Fund.
The investment policies of the Fund may be changed without an affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of that Funds outstanding voting securities unless (1) a policy expressly is deemed to be a fundamental policy of the Fund or (2) a policy expressly is deemed to be changeable only by such majority vote. The Fund may, following notice to its shareholders, employ other investment practices that presently are not contemplated for use by the Fund or that currently are not available but that may be developed to the extent such investment practices are both consistent with the Funds investment objective and legally permissible for the Fund. Such investment practices, if they arise, may involve risks that exceed those involved in the activities described in the Funds prospectus.
The Funds classification and sub-classification is a matter of fundamental policy. The Fund is classified as an open-end investment company and is sub-classified as a diversified investment company.
The following policies and limitations supplement the Funds investment policies set forth in the prospectuses. Unless otherwise noted, whenever an investment policy or limitation states a maximum percentage of the Funds assets that may be invested in any security or other asset, or sets forth a policy regarding quality standards, such standard or percentage limitation will be determined immediately after and as a result of the Funds acquisition of such security or other asset except in the case of borrowing (or other activities that may be deemed to result in the issuance of a senior security under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act)). Accordingly, any subsequent change in values, net assets, or other circumstances will not be considered when determining whether the investment complies with the Funds investment policies and limitations. If the value of the Funds holdings of illiquid securities at any time exceeds the percentage limitation applicable at the time of acquisition due to subsequent fluctuations in value or other reasons, the Trusts Board of Trustees (the Board or the Trustees) will consider what actions, if any, are appropriate to maintain adequate liquidity.
Fundamental Investment Policies and Limitations of the Fund. The following investment policies and limitations are fundamental and may not be changed without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Funds outstanding shares, as defined under the 1940 Act.
1. Senior Securities.
The Fund may not issue senior securities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, and as interpreted or modified from time to time by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction.
The SEC takes the position that transactions that have the effect of increasing the leverage of the capital structure of a fund are the economic equivalent of borrowing, and they can be viewed as a type of borrowing known as a senior security for purposes of the 1940 Act. Examples of such transactions and trading practices include reverse repurchase agreements; mortgage-dollar-roll transactions; selling securities short (other than selling short against the box); buying and selling certain derivatives contracts, such as futures contracts; writing or selling put and call options; engaging in sale-buybacks; firm commitment and standby commitment agreements; when-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions; and other similar transactions. A transaction will not be considered to constitute the issuance by a fund of a senior security, as that term is defined in Section 18(g) of the 1940 Act, and therefore such transaction will not be subject to the 300 percent minimum asset coverage requirement otherwise applicable to borrowings by a fund, if the fund maintains an offsetting financial position by segregating liquid assets (as determined by the adviser under the general oversight of the fund board) at least equal to the value of the funds potential economic exposure as measured daily on a mark-to-market basis; or otherwise covers the transaction in accordance with applicable SEC guidance (collectively defined as covers to the transaction). In order to comply with the applicable regulatory requirements regarding cover, a fund may be required to buy or sell securities at a disadvantageous time or when the prices then available are deemed disadvantageous. In addition, segregated assets may not be readily available to satisfy redemption requests or for other purposes.
2. Underwriting.
The Fund may not underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the Fund may be considered an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), in the disposition of restricted securities.
3. Borrowing.
The Fund may not borrow money, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, or by order of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) and as interpreted or modified from time to time by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction.
A funds ability to borrow money is limited by its investment policies and limitations, by the 1940 Act, and by applicable exemptions, no action letters, interpretations, and other pronouncements issued from time to time by regulatory authorities, including the SEC and its staff. Under the 1940 Act, a fund is required to maintain continuous asset coverage (that is, total assets including the proceeds of borrowings, less liabilities excluding borrowings) of not less than 300 percent of the amount borrowed, with an exception for borrowings not in excess of 5 percent of the funds total assets made for temporary purposes. Any borrowings for temporary purposes in excess of 5 percent are subject to the minimum 300 percent asset coverage requirement. If the value of the assets set aside to meet the 300 percent asset coverage were to decline below 300 percent due to market fluctuations or other causes, a fund may be required to sell some of its portfolio holdings within three days (excluding Sundays and holidays) to reduce the debt and comply with the 300 percent minimum asset coverage requirement, even in circumstances where it is considered disadvantageous from an investment perspective to sell securities at that time or at the prices then available.
4. Real Estate.
The Fund may not purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of direct ownership of securities or other instruments. This restriction shall not prevent the Fund from investing in the following: (i) securities or other instruments backed by real estate; (ii) securities of real estate operating companies; or (iii) securities of companies engaged in the real estate business, including real estate investment trusts. This restriction does not preclude the Fund from buying securities backed by mortgages on real estate or securities of companies engaged in such activities.
5. Lending.
The Fund may not make loans, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, and as interpreted or modified from time to time by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction.
Generally, the 1940 Act prohibits loans if a funds investment policies do not permit loans, and if the loans are made, directly or indirectly, to persons deemed to control or to be under common control with the registered investment company.
6. Commodities.
The Fund may not purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent the Fund from purchasing or selling options and futures contracts or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities).
7. Concentration.
The Fund may not concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as the term concentration is used in the 1940 Act, and as interpreted or modified from time to time by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction. This restriction shall not prevent the Fund from investing all of its assets in a master fund that has adopted similar investment objectives, policies and restrictions.
Concentration means investing more than 25% of a Funds net assets in a particular industry or a specified group of industries.
Non-Fundamental Investment Policies and Limitations of the Funds . The following investment restrictions are non-fundamental and may be changed by a vote of a majority of the Trustees.
1. Illiquid Securities.
Illiquid securities are securities that are not readily marketable or cannot be disposed of promptly within seven days and, in the usual course of business, at approximately the price at which the Fund has valued them. Such securities include, but are not limited to, time deposits and repurchase agreements with maturities longer than seven days. Securities that may be resold under Rule 144A, securities offered pursuant to Section 4(2) of, or securities otherwise subject to restrictions or limitations on resale under the Securities Act shall not be deemed illiquid solely by reason of being unregistered. Victory Capital Management Inc., the Funds investment adviser (the Adviser), under oversight of the Board, determines whether a particular security is deemed to be liquid based on the trading markets for the specific security and other factors.
The Fund may not invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.
2. Short Sales and Purchases on Margin.
The Fund may not make short sales of securities, other than short sales against the box, or purchase securities on margin except for short-term credits necessary for clearance of portfolio transactions, provided that this restriction will not be applied to limit the use of options, futures contracts and related options, in the manner otherwise permitted by the investment restrictions, policies and investment program of the Fund.
3. Other Investment Companies.
The Fund may not purchase the securities of any registered open-end investment company or registered unit investment trust in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(G) or Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the 1940 Act, which permits operation as a fund of funds.
Except as provided in the next paragraph, the Funds may not: (1) invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one investment company; (2) own more than 3% of the securities of any one investment company; or (3) invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of other investment companies.
The Fund may purchase and redeem shares issued by a money market fund without limit, provided that either: (1) the acquiring Fund pays no sales charge or service fee (as each of those terms is defined in the FINRA Conduct
Rules); or (2) the Adviser waives its advisory fee in an amount necessary to offset any such sales charge or service fee.
For purposes of this investment restriction, a money market fund is either: (1) an open-end investment company registered under the 1940 Act and regulated as a money market fund in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act; or (2) a company that is exempt from registration as in investment company under Sections 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act and that: (a) limits its investments to those permitted under Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act; and (b) undertakes to comply with all the other requirements of Rule 2a-7, except that, if the company has no board of directors, the companys investment adviser performs the duties of the board of directors.
4. Miscellaneous.
a. Concentration.
For purposes of calculating concentration of investments in the utility and finance categories, the Fund will operate as follows: neither finance companies as a group nor utility companies as a group are considered a single industry for purposes of the Funds concentration policy ( i.e. , finance companies will be considered a part of the industry they finance and utilities will be divided according to the types of services they provide).
The Fund does not intend to borrow money for leveraging purposes.
INVESTMENT STRATEGIES.
The Funds principal investment strategies are described in its prospectus. To carry out its investment strategy, the Fund may engage in one or more of the following activities:
Temporary Defensive Measures. For temporary defensive purposes in response to market conditions, the Fund may hold up to 100% of its assets in cash or high quality, short-term obligations such as domestic and foreign commercial paper (including variable-amount master demand notes), bankers acceptances, CDs and demand and time deposits of domestic and foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks, and repurchase agreements. (See International and Foreign Investments for a description of risks associated with investments in foreign securities.) These temporary defensive measures may result in performance that is inconsistent with the Funds investment objective.
Short Sales Against-the-Box. The Fund will not make short sales of securities, other than short sales against-the-box. In a short sale against-the-box, the Fund sells a security that it owns, or a security equivalent in kind and amount to the security sold short that the Fund has the right to obtain, for delivery at a specified date in the future. The Fund will enter into short sales against-the-box to hedge against unanticipated declines in the market price of portfolio securities. If the value of the securities sold short increases prior to the scheduled delivery date, the Fund loses the opportunity to participate in the gain.
Secondary Investment Strategies
In addition to the principal strategies described in the prospectuses, the Fund may engage in the secondary investment strategies outlined below.
The Fund may invest in futures contracts, options on futures contracts, ETFs and other similar investment vehicles that provide exposure to commodities such as gold or other precious metals, energy or other commodities, regardless of whether such vehicles invest in mines, producers, bullion or futures.
INSTRUMENTS IN WHICH THE FUND CAN INVEST .
The following paragraphs provide a brief description of some of the types of securities in which the Fund may invest in accordance with its investment objective, policies and limitations, including certain transactions the Fund may make and strategies it may adopt. The Funds investments in the following securities and other financial instruments
are subject to the investment policies and limitations described in the prospectus and this SAI. The following also contains a brief description of the risk factors related to these securities. The Fund may, following notice to its shareholders, take advantage of other investment practices that presently are not contemplated for use by the Fund or that currently are not available but that may be developed, to the extent such investment practices are both consistent with the Funds investment objective and are legally permissible for the Fund. Such investment practices, if they arise, may involve risks that exceed those involved in the activities described in the Funds prospectus and this SAI.
Debt Securities.
Corporate and Short-Term Obligations.
U.S. Corporate Debt Obligations include bonds, debentures and notes. Debentures represent unsecured promises to pay, while notes and bonds may be secured by mortgages on real property or security interests in personal property. Bonds include, but are not limited to, debt instruments with maturities of approximately one year or more, debentures, mortgage-related securities, stripped government securities and zero coupon obligations. Bonds, notes and debentures in which the Fund may invest may differ in interest rates, maturities and times of issuance. The market value of the Funds fixed income investments will change in response to interest rate changes and other factors. During periods of falling interest rates, the values of outstanding fixed income securities generally rise. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, the values of such securities generally decline. Moreover, while securities with longer maturities tend to produce higher yields, the price of longer maturity securities also are subject to greater market fluctuations as a result of changes in interest rates.
Changes by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (NRSROs) in the rating of any fixed income security and in the ability of an issuer to make payments of interest and principal also affect the value of these investments. Except under conditions of default, changes in the value of the Funds securities will not affect cash income derived from these securities but may affect the Funds net asset value per share (NAV).
Convertible and Exchangeable Debt Obligations. A convertible debt obligation is typically a bond or preferred stock that may be converted at a stated price within a specified period of time into a specified number of shares of common stock of the same or a different issuer. Convertible debt obligations are usually senior to common stock in a corporations capital structure, but usually are subordinate to similar non-convertible debt obligations. While providing a fixed income stream (generally higher in yield than the income derivable from a common stock but lower than that afforded by a similar non-convertible debt obligation), a convertible debt obligation also affords an investor the opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation of the common stock into which it is convertible.
An exchangeable debt obligation is debt that is redeemable in either cash or a specified number of common shares of a company different from the issuing company. Exchangeable debt obligations have characteristics and risks similar to those of convertible debt obligations and behave in the market place the same way as convertible debt obligations.
In general, the market value of a convertible debt obligation is at least the higher of its investment value ( i.e. , its value as a fixed income security) or its conversion value ( i.e. , the value of the underlying share of common stock if the security is converted). As a fixed-income security, a convertible debt obligation tends to increase in market value when interest rates decline and tends to decrease in value when interest rates rise. However, the price of a convertible debt obligation also is influenced by the market value of the securitys underlying common stock. Thus, the price of a convertible debt obligation tends to increase as the market value of the underlying stock increases, and tends to decrease as the market value of the underlying stock declines. While no securities investment is without some risk, investments in convertible debt obligations generally entail less risk than investments in the common stock of the same issuer.
Securities received upon conversion of convertible debt obligation or upon exercise of call options or warrants forming elements of synthetic convertibles (described below) may be retained temporarily to permit orderly disposition or to defer realization of gain or loss for federal tax purposes, and will be included in calculating the amount of the Funds total assets invested in true and synthetic convertibles.
In making investment decisions involving convertible securities, the Adviser considers the attractiveness of the underlying common stock, the financial condition of the issuer, the effect on portfolio diversification, equity sensitivity or delta, current income or yield, upside/downside analysis (how the Adviser expects the convertible security to perform over a given time period given a change in the underlying common stock), convertible valuation (convertible price relative to its theoretical value), and the liquidity of the security.
Synthetic Convertibles. A synthetic convertible is created by combining separate securities that possess the two principal characteristics of a true convertible security, i.e. , fixed income (fixed-income component) and the right to acquire equity securities (convertibility component). The fixed-income component is achieved by investing in non-convertible bonds, preferred stocks and money market instruments. The convertibility component is achieved by investing in warrants or exchange listed call options or stock index call options granting the holder the right to purchase a specified quantity of securities within a specified period of time at a specified price or to receive cash in the case of stock index options.
A holder of a synthetic convertible faces the risk of a decline in the price of the stock or the level of the index involved in the convertibility component, causing a decline in the value of the option or warrant. Should the price of the stock fall below the exercise price and remain there throughout the exercise period, the entire amount paid for the call option or warrant would be lost. Since a synthetic convertible includes the fixed-income component as well, the holder of a synthetic convertible also faces the risk that interest rates will rise, causing a decline in the value of the fixed-income instrument.
Short-Term Corporate Obligations are bonds issued by corporations and other business organizations in order to finance their short-term credit needs. Corporate bonds in which the Fund may invest generally consist of those rated in the two highest rating categories of an NRSRO that possess many favorable investment attributes. In the lower end of this category, credit quality may be more susceptible to potential future changes in circumstances.
Bankers Acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, typically drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are accepted by a bank, meaning, in effect, that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity. Bankers acceptances will be those guaranteed by domestic and foreign banks, if at the time of purchase such banks have capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million (as of the date of their most recently published financial statements).
Certificates of Deposit (CDs) are negotiable certificates issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank or a savings and loan association for a definite period of time and earning a specified return. The Fund may invest in CDs and demand and time deposits of domestic and foreign banks and savings and loan associations, if (a) at the time of purchase such financial institutions have capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million (as of the date of their most recently published financial statements) or (b) the principal amount of the instrument is insured in full by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the FDIC) or the Savings Association Insurance Fund.
Eurodollar CDs are U.S. dollar-denominated CDs issued by branches of foreign and domestic banks located outside the United States. Eurodollar time deposits are U.S. dollar-denominated deposits in a foreign branch of a U.S. bank or a foreign bank.
Yankee CDs are issued by a U.S. branch of a foreign bank denominated in U.S. dollars and held in the United States.
Canadian Time Deposits are U.S. dollar-denominated CDs issued by Canadian offices of major Canadian banks.
Commercial Paper is comprised of unsecured promissory notes, usually issued by corporations. Except as noted below with respect to variable amount master demand notes, issues of commercial paper normally have maturities of less than nine months and fixed rates of return. In addition to corporate issuers, borrowers that issue municipal securities also may issue tax-exempt commercial paper. (see Municipal Securities). The Fund will purchase only commercial paper that meets the definition of Eligible Security. (see Other Investments).
Short-Term Funding Agreements (sometimes referred to as guaranteed investment contracts or GICs) are issued by insurance companies. Pursuant to such agreements, the Fund makes cash contributions to a deposit fund of the insurance companys general account. The insurance company then credits the Fund, on a monthly basis, guaranteed interest that is based on an index. The short-term funding agreement provides that this guaranteed interest will not be less than a certain minimum rate. Because the principal amount of a short-term funding agreement may not be received from the insurance company on seven days notice or less, the agreement is considered to be an illiquid investment and subject to the restrictions on investing in illiquid securities. In determining dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity, a short-term funding agreement will be deemed to have a maturity equal to the period of time remaining until the next readjustment of the guaranteed interest rate.
Variable and Adjustable Rate Debt Securities.
Variable Amount Master Demand Notes are unsecured demand notes that permit the indebtedness thereunder to vary and provide for periodic adjustments in the interest rate according to the terms of the instrument. Although there is no secondary market for these notes, the Fund may demand payment of principal and accrued interest at any time and may resell the notes at any time to a third party. The absence of an active secondary market, however, could make it difficult for the Fund to dispose of a variable amount master demand note if the issuer defaulted on its payment obligations, and the Fund could, for this or other reasons, suffer a loss to the extent of the default. While the notes typically are not rated by credit rating agencies, issuers of variable amount master demand notes must satisfy the same criteria as set forth above for unrated commercial paper, and the Adviser will monitor continuously the issuers financial status and ability to make payments due under the instrument. Where necessary to ensure that a note is of high quality, the Fund will require that the issuers obligation to pay the principal of the note be backed by an unconditional bank letter or line of credit, guarantee or commitment to lend. For purposes of the Funds investment policies, a variable amount master demand note will be deemed to have a maturity equal to the longer of the period of time remaining until the next readjustment of its interest rate or the period of time remaining until the principal amount can be recovered from the issuer through demand.
Variable Rate Demand Notes are tax-exempt obligations containing a floating or variable interest rate adjustment formula, together with an unconditional right to demand payment of the unpaid principal balance plus accrued interest upon a short notice period, generally not to exceed seven days. The Fund also may invest in participation variable rate demand notes, which provide the Fund with an undivided interest in underlying variable rate demand notes held by major investment banking institutions. Any purchase of variable rate demand notes will meet applicable diversification and concentration requirements.
Variable and Floating Rate Notes. A variable rate note is one whose terms provide for the readjustment of its interest rate on set dates and that, upon such readjustment, reasonably can be expected to have a market value that approximates its par value. A floating rate note is one whose terms provide for the readjustment of its interest rate whenever a specified interest rate changes and that, at any time, reasonably can be expected to have a market value that approximates its par value. Such notes frequently are not rated by credit rating agencies; however, unrated variable and floating rate notes purchased by the Fund will only be those determined by the Adviser, pursuant to guidelines approved by the Trustees, to pose minimal credit risks and to be of comparable quality, at the time of purchase, to rated instruments eligible for purchase under the Funds investment policies. In making such determinations, the Adviser will consider the earning power, cash flow and other liquidity ratios of the issuers of such notes (such issuers include financial, merchandising, bank holding and other companies) and will continuously monitor their financial condition. Although there may be no active secondary market with respect to a particular variable or floating rate note purchased by the Fund, the Fund may resell the note at any time to a third party. The absence of an active secondary market, however, could make it difficult for the Fund to dispose of a variable or floating rate note in the event that the issuer of the note defaulted on its payment obligations and the Fund could, for this or other reasons, suffer a loss to the extent of the default. Bank letters of credit may secure variable or floating rate notes.
The maturities of variable or floating rate notes are determined as follows:
1. A variable or floating rate note that is issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any agency thereof and that has a variable rate of interest readjusted no less frequently than annually will be deemed to have a maturity equal to the period remaining until the next readjustment of the interest rate.
2. A variable or floating rate note, the principal amount of which is scheduled on the face of the instrument to be paid in one year or less, will be deemed by the Fund to have a maturity equal to the period remaining until the next readjustment of the interest rate.
3. A variable or floating rate note that is subject to a demand feature scheduled to be paid in one year or more will be deemed to have a maturity equal to the longer of the period remaining until the next readjustment of the interest rate or the period remaining until the principal amount can be recovered through demand.
4. A variable or floating rate note that is subject to a demand feature will be deemed to have a maturity equal to the period remaining until the principal amount can be recovered through demand.
As used above, a note is subject to a demand feature where the Fund is entitled to receive the principal amount of the note either at any time on no more than 30 days notice or at specified intervals not exceeding one year and upon no more than 30 days notice.
Extendible Debt Securities are securities that can be retired at the option of the Fund at various dates prior to maturity. In calculating average portfolio maturity, the Fund may treat extendible debt securities as maturing on the next optional retirement date.
Receipts and Zero Coupon Bonds.
Receipts are separately traded interest and principal component parts of bills, notes, and bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury that are transferable through the federal book entry system, known as separately traded registered interest and principal securities (STRIPS) and coupon under book entry safekeeping (CUBES). These instruments are issued by banks and brokerage firms and are created by depositing Treasury notes and Treasury bonds into a special account at a custodian bank; the custodian holds the interest and principal payments for the benefit of the registered owners of the certificates or receipts. The custodian arranges for the issuance of the certificates or receipts evidencing ownership and maintains the register. Receipts include Treasury receipts (TRs), Treasury investment growth receipts (TIGRs), and certificates of accrual on Treasury securities (CATS).
Zero Coupon Bonds are purchased at a discount from the face amount because the buyer receives only the right to a fixed payment on a certain date in the future and does not receive any periodic interest payments. The effect of owning instruments that do not make current interest payments is that a fixed yield is earned not only on the original investment but also, in effect, on accretion during the life of the obligations. This implicit reinvestment of earnings at the same rate eliminates the risk of being unable to reinvest distributions at a rate as high as the implicit yields on the zero coupon bond, but at the same time eliminates the holders ability to reinvest at higher rates. For this reason, zero coupon bonds are subject to substantially greater price fluctuations during periods of changing market interest rates than are comparable securities that pay interest currently. This fluctuation increases in accordance with the length of the period to maturity.
Investment Grade and High Quality Securities.
The Fund may invest in investment grade obligations, which are those that are rated at the time of purchase within the four highest rating categories assigned by an NRSRO or, if unrated, are obligations that the Adviser determines to be of comparable quality. The applicable securities ratings are described in Appendix A to this SAI. High-quality short-term obligations are those obligations that, at the time of purchase, (1) possess a rating in one of the two highest ratings categories from at least one NRSRO (for example, commercial paper rated A-1 or A-2 by Standard & Poors (S&P) or P-1 or P-2 by Moodys Investors Service (Moodys)) or (2) are unrated by an NRSRO but are determined by the Adviser to present minimal credit risks and to be of comparable quality to rated instruments eligible for purchase by the Funds under guidelines adopted by the Board.
U.S. Government Obligations.
U.S. Government Securities are obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities. Obligations of certain agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government are supported by the
full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury; others are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; others are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase the agencys obligations; and still others are supported only by the credit of the agency or instrumentality. No assurance can be given that the U.S. government will provide financial support to U.S. government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities if it is not obligated to do so by law.
Wholly-Owned Government Corporations include: (A) the Commodity Credit Corporation; (B) the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund; (C) the Export-Import Bank of the United States; (D) the Federal Crop Insurance Corporation; (E) Federal Prison Industries, Incorporated; (F) the Corporation for National and Community Service; (G) the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA); (H) the Overseas Private Investment Corporation; (I) the Pennsylvania Avenue Development Corporation; (J) the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation; (K) the Rural Telephone Bank until the ownership, control and operation of the Bank are converted under section 410(a) of the Rural Electrification Act of 1936 (7 U.S.C. 950(a)); (L) the Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation; (M) the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development when carrying out duties and powers related to the Federal Housing Administration Fund; (N) the Tennessee Valley Authority (TVA); (O) the Panama Canal Commission; and (P) the Alternative Agricultural Research and Commercialization Corporation.
The Tennessee Valley Authority , a federal corporation and the nations largest public power company, issues a number of different power bonds, quarterly income debt securities (QUIDs) and discount notes to provide capital for its power program. TVA bonds include: global and domestic power bonds, valley inflation-indexed power securities, which are indexed to inflation as measured by the Consumer Price Index; and put-able automatic rate reset securities, which are 30-year non-callable securities. QUIDs pay interest quarterly, are callable after five years and are due at different times. TVA discount notes are available in various amounts and with maturity dates less than one year from the date of issue. Although TVA is a federal corporation, the U.S. government does not guarantee its securities, although TVA may borrow under a line of credit from the U.S. Treasury.
Repurchase Agreements . Securities held by the Fund may be subject to repurchase agreements. Repurchase agreements with maturities of more than seven days are considered illiquid for purposes of complying with the Funds restriction on purchasing illiquid securities. Under the terms of a repurchase agreement, the Fund would acquire securities from financial institutions or registered broker-dealers deemed creditworthy by the Adviser pursuant to guidelines adopted by the Trustees, subject to the sellers agreement to repurchase such securities at a mutually agreed upon date and price. The seller is required to maintain the value of collateral held pursuant to the agreement at not less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest). If the seller were to default on its repurchase obligation or become insolvent, the Fund would suffer a loss to the extent that the proceeds from a sale of the underlying portfolio securities were less than the repurchase price, or to the extent that the disposition of such securities by the Fund is delayed pending court action.
The acquisition of a repurchase agreement will be deemed to be an acquisition of the underlying securities, provided that the obligation of the seller to repurchase the securities from the Fund is Collateralized Fully and the Adviser, pursuant to its authority as delegated by the Board, has evaluated the sellers creditworthiness. In this regard, the underlying securities must be consistent with the Funds investment policies and limitations.
Subject to the conditions of an exemptive order from the SEC, the Adviser may combine repurchase transactions among one or more Funds into a single transaction.
Reverse Repurchase Agreements. The Fund may borrow funds for temporary purposes by entering into reverse repurchase agreements. Reverse repurchase agreements are considered to be borrowings under the 1940 Act. Pursuant to such an agreement, the Fund would sell a portfolio security to a financial institution, such as a bank or a broker-dealer, and agree to repurchase such security at a mutually agreed-upon date and price. At the time the Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it will segregate assets (such as cash or liquid securities) consistent with the Funds investment restrictions having a value equal to the repurchase price (including accrued interest). The collateral will be marked-to-market on a daily basis and will be monitored continuously to ensure that such equivalent value is maintained. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the price at which the Fund is obligated to repurchase the securities.
When-Issued Securities. The Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued basis ( i.e. , for delivery beyond the normal settlement date at a stated price and yield). When the Fund agrees to purchase securities on a when issued basis, the custodian will set aside cash or liquid securities equal to the amount of the commitment in a separate account. Normally, the custodian will set aside portfolio securities to satisfy the purchase commitment, and in such a case, the Fund may be required subsequently to segregate additional assets in order to assure that the value of the segregated assets remains equal to the amount of the Funds commitment. It may be expected that the Funds net assets will fluctuate to a greater degree when it sets aside portfolio securities to cover such purchase commitments than when it sets aside cash. When the Fund engages in when-issued transactions, it relies on the seller to consummate the trade. Failure of the seller to do so may result in the Fund incurring a loss or missing the opportunity to obtain a price considered to be advantageous. The Fund does not intend to purchase when-issued securities for speculative purposes, but only in furtherance of their investment objectives.
Delayed-Delivery Transactions. The Fund may buy and sell securities on a delayed-delivery basis. These transactions involve a commitment by the Fund to purchase or sell specific securities at a predetermined price or yield, with payment and delivery taking place after the customary settlement period for that type of security (and more than seven days in the future). Typically, no interest accrues to the purchaser until the security is delivered. The Fund may receive fees for entering into delayed-delivery transactions.
When purchasing securities on a delayed-delivery basis, the Fund assumes the rights and risks of ownership, including the risks of price and yield fluctuations in addition to the risks associated with the Funds other investments. Because the Fund is not required to pay for securities until the delivery date, these delayed-delivery purchases may result in a form of leverage. When delayed-delivery purchases are outstanding, the Fund will segregate cash and appropriate liquid assets to cover its purchase obligations. When the Fund has sold a security on a delayed-delivery basis, it does not participate in further gains or losses with respect to the security. If the other party to a delayed-delivery transaction fails to deliver or pay for the securities, the Fund could miss a favorable price or yield opportunity or suffer a loss.
The Fund may renegotiate delayed-delivery transactions after they are entered into or may sell underlying securities before they are delivered, either of which may result in capital gains or losses.
International and Foreign Investments.
General considerations. There may be less information publicly available about a foreign issuer than about a U.S. issuer, and foreign issuers may not be subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and practices comparable to those in the U.S. The securities of some foreign issuers are less liquid and at times more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. issuers. Foreign brokerage commissions and other fees are also generally higher than in the U.S. Foreign settlement procedures and trade regulations may involve certain risks (such as delay in payment or delivery of securities or in the recovery of the Funds assets held abroad) and expenses not present in the settlement of investments in U.S. markets. Payment for securities without delivery may be required in certain foreign markets.
In addition, foreign securities may be subject to the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets, imposition of currency exchange controls or restrictions on the repatriation of foreign currency, confiscatory taxation, political or financial instability and diplomatic developments which could affect the value of the Funds investments in certain foreign countries. Governments of many countries have exercised and continue to exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector through the ownership or control of many companies, including some of the largest in these countries. As a result, government actions in the future could have a significant effect on economic conditions which may adversely affect prices of certain portfolio securities. There is also generally less government supervision and regulation of stock exchanges, brokers, and listed companies than in the U.S. Dividends or interest on, or proceeds from the sale of, foreign securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, and special U.S. tax considerations may apply. Moreover, foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.
Legal remedies available to investors in certain foreign countries may be more limited than those available with respect to investments in the U.S. or in other foreign countries. The laws of some foreign countries may limit the Funds ability to invest in securities of certain issuers organized under the laws of those foreign countries.
Of particular importance, many foreign countries are heavily dependent upon exports, particularly to developed countries, and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be adversely affected by trade barriers, managed adjustments in relative currency values, and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the U.S. and other countries with which they trade. These economies also have been and may continue to be negatively impacted by economic conditions in the U.S. and other trading partners, which can lower the demand for goods produced in those countries.
The risks described above, including the risks of nationalization or expropriation of assets, typically are increased in connection with investments in emerging markets. For example, political and economic structures in these countries may be in their infancy and developing rapidly, and such countries may lack the social, political and economic stability characteristic of more developed countries (including amplified risk of war and terrorism).
Certain of these countries have in the past failed to recognize private property rights and have at times nationalized and expropriated the assets of private companies. Investments in emerging markets may be considered speculative.
The currencies of certain emerging market countries have experienced devaluations relative to the U.S. dollar, and future devaluations may adversely affect the value of assets denominated in such currencies. In addition, currency hedging techniques may be unavailable in certain emerging market countries. Many emerging market countries have experienced substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation or deflation for many years, and future inflation may adversely affect the economies and securities markets of such countries.
In addition, unanticipated political or social developments may affect the value of investments in emerging markets and the availability of additional investments in these markets. Any change in the leadership or politics of emerging market countries, or the countries that exercise a significant influence over those countries, may halt the expansion of or reverse the liberalization of foreign investment policies now occurring and adversely affect existing investment opportunities. The small size, limited trading volume and relative inexperience of the securities markets in these countries may make investments in securities traded in emerging markets illiquid and more volatile than investments in securities traded in more developed countries. For example, limited market size may cause prices to be unduly influenced by traders who control large positions. In addition, the Fund may be required to establish special custodial or other arrangements before making investments in securities traded in emerging markets. There may be little financial or accounting information available with respect to issuers of emerging market securities, and it may be difficult as a result to assess the value of prospects of an investment in such securities.
The risk also exists that an emergency situation may arise in one or more emerging markets as a result of which trading of securities may cease or may be substantially curtailed and prices for the Funds securities in such markets may not be readily available. The Fund may suspend redemption of its shares for any period during which an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC. Accordingly, if the Fund believes that appropriate circumstances exist, it may apply to the SEC for a determination that an emergency is present. During the period commencing from the Funds identification of such condition until the date of the SEC action, the Funds securities in the affected markets will be valued at fair value determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Funds Board.
Foreign markets may offer less protection to investors than U.S. markets. Foreign issuers, brokers and securities markets may be subject to less government supervision. Foreign security trading practices, including those involving the release of assets in advance of payment, may involve increased risks in the event of a failed trade or the insolvency of a broker-dealer, which may result in substantial delays. It also may be difficult to enforce legal rights in foreign countries.
Investing abroad also involves different political and economic risks. Foreign investments may be affected by actions of foreign governments adverse to the interests of U.S. investors, including the possibility of expropriation or nationalization of assets, confiscatory taxation, restrictions on U.S. investment or on the ability to repatriate assets or convert currency into U.S. dollars, or other government intervention. There may be a greater possibility of default by foreign governments or foreign government-sponsored enterprises. Investments in foreign countries also involve
a risk of local political, economic, or social instability, military action or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments. There is no assurance that the Adviser will be able to anticipate these potential events or counter their effects.
The considerations noted above generally are intensified for investments in developing countries. Emerging countries may have relatively unstable governments, economies based on only a few industries, and securities markets that trade a small number of securities.
The Fund may invest in foreign securities that impose restrictions on transfer within the U.S. or to U.S. persons. Although securities subject to transfer restrictions may be marketable abroad, they may be less liquid than foreign securities of the same class that are not subject to such restrictions.
The Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund will invest at least 80% of its assets in foreign equity securities.
Depositary Receipts. The Fund may invest in sponsored or unsponsored American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), European Depositary Receipts (EDRs), Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs), International Depositary Receipts (IDRs) and other types of Depositary Receipts (which, together with ADRs, EDRs, GDRs and IDRs are hereinafter referred to as Depositary Receipts). Depositary receipts provide indirect investment in securities of foreign issuers. Prices of unsponsored Depositary Receipts may be more volatile than if they were sponsored by the issuer of the underlying securities. Depositary Receipts may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the underlying securities into which they may be converted. In addition, the issuers of the stock of unsponsored Depositary Receipts are not obligated to disclose material information in the United States and, therefore, there may not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the Depositary Receipts.
ADRs are depositary receipts which are bought and sold in the United States and are typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company which evidences ownership of underlying securities by a foreign corporation. GDRs, IDRs and other types of Depositary Receipts are typically issued by foreign banks or trust companies, although they may also be issued by United States banks or trust companies, and evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by either a foreign or a United States corporation. Generally, Depositary Receipts in registered form are designed for use in the United States securities markets and Depositary Receipts in bearer form are designed for use in securities markets outside the United States.
For purposes of the Funds investment policies, the Funds investments in ADRs, GDRs, IDRs and other types of Depositary Receipts will be deemed to be investments in the underlying securities. Depositary Receipts, including those denominated in U.S. dollars will be subject to foreign currency exchange rate risk. However, by investing in U.S. dollar-denominated ADRs rather than directly in foreign issuers stock, the Fund avoids currency risks during the settlement period. In general, there is a large, liquid market in the United States for most ADRs. However, certain Depositary Receipts may not be listed on an exchange and therefore may be illiquid securities.
Derivatives.
Forward Contracts.
A forward currency exchange contract (forward contract) involves an obligation to buy or sell a specific currency at a future date that may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks). The Fund may engage in cross-hedging by using forward contracts in one currency to hedge against fluctuations in the value of securities denominated in a different currency if the manager determines that there is a pattern of correlation between the two currencies. The Fund may also buy and sell forward contracts (to the extent they are not deemed commodities) for non-hedging purposes when the managers anticipate that the foreign currency will appreciate or depreciate in value, but securities denominated in that currency do not present attractive investment opportunities and are not held in the Funds portfolio.
The Funds custodian bank will place cash or liquid high grade debt securities (securities rated in one of the top three ratings categories by Moodys or S&P or, if unrated, deemed by the managers to be of comparable quality) into a segregated account of the Fund maintained by its custodian bank in an amount equal to the value of the Funds total
assets committed to the forward foreign currency exchange contracts requiring the funds to purchase foreign currencies. If the value of the securities placed in the segregated account declines, additional cash or securities is placed in the account on a daily basis so that the value of the account equals the amount of the Funds commitments with respect to such contracts. The segregated account is marked-to-market on a daily basis.
Although the contracts are not presently regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the CFTC), a U.S. governmental agency, the CFTC may in the future assert authority to regulate these contracts. In such event, the Funds ability to utilize forward foreign currency exchange contracts may be restricted. The Fund generally will not enter into a forward contract with a term of greater than one year. The Fund will not enter into forward currency exchange contracts or maintain a net exposure to such contracts where the completion of the contracts would obligate the Fund to deliver an amount of currency other than U.S. dollars in excess of the value of the Funds portfolio securities or other assets denominated in that currency or, in the case of cross-hedging, in a currency closely correlated to that currency.
Risk Factors in Forward Contract Transactions. Hedging the Funds currency risks through forward foreign currency exchange contracts involves the risk of mismatching the Funds objectives under a forward foreign currency exchange contract with the value of securities denominated in a particular currency. There is additional risk that such transactions reduce or preclude the opportunity for gain and that currency contracts create exposure to currencies in which the Funds securities are not denominated.
Futures and Options.
Futures Contracts . The Fund may enter into futures contracts, including stock index futures contracts and options on futures contracts for the purpose of remaining fully invested and reducing transaction costs. Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific security, class of securities, or an index, at a specified future time and at a specified price. In a stock index futures contract, two parties agree to receive or deliver a specified amount of cash multiplied by the difference between the stock index value at the close of trading of the contracts and the price at which the futures contract is originally struck.
Futures contracts, which are standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument, are traded on national futures exchanges. The CFTC regulates futures exchanges and trading under the Commodity Exchange Act. Pursuant to a claim for exemption filed with the National Futures Association, the Funds are deemed not to be a commodity pool or a commodity pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act and are not subject to registration or regulation as such. In connection with this exemption, each Fund has undertaken to submit to any CFTC special calls for information.
Although futures contracts by their terms call for actual delivery and receipt of the underlying securities, in most cases these contracts are closed out before the settlement date without actual delivery or receipt. Closing out an open futures position is done by taking an offsetting position in an identical contract to terminate the position (buying a contract that has previously been sold, or selling a contract previously purchased). Taking an offsetting position also can be accomplished by the acquisition of put and call options on futures contracts that will, respectively, give the Fund the right (but not the obligation), in return for the premium paid, for a specified price, to sell or to purchase the underlying futures contract, upon exercise of the option, at any time during the option period. Brokerage commissions are incurred when a futures contract is bought or sold.
Futures traders, such as the Funds, are required to make a good faith margin deposit in cash or liquid securities with a broker or custodian to initiate and maintain open positions in futures contracts. A margin deposit is intended to assure completion of the contract (delivery or acceptance of the underlying security) if it is not terminated prior to the specified delivery date. Minimal initial margin requirements are established by the futures exchange and are subject to change. Brokers may establish deposit requirements that are higher than the exchange minimums. Initial margin deposits on futures contracts are customarily set at levels much lower than the prices at which the underlying securities are purchased and sold, typically ranging upward from less than 5% of the value of the contract being traded.
After a futures contract position is opened, the value of the contract is marked-to-market daily. If the futures contract price changes to the extent that the margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, payment of additional
variation margin will be required. Conversely, change in the contract value may reduce the required margin, resulting in a repayment of excess margin to the contract holder. Variation margin payments are made to and from the futures broker for as long as the contract remains open. The Funds expect to earn interest income on their margin deposits.
When interest rates are expected to rise or market values of portfolio securities are expected to fall, the Fund may seek to offset a decline in the value of its portfolio securities through the sale of futures contracts. When interest rates are expected to fall or market values of portfolio securities are expected to rise, the Fund may purchase futures contracts in an attempt to secure better rates or prices on anticipated purchases than those that might later be available in the market.
Risk Factors in Futures Transactions. Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market for such futures. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract at any specific time. Thus, it may not be possible to close a futures position. In the event of adverse price movements, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments to maintain the required margin. In such situations, if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, the Fund may be required to make delivery of the instruments underlying the futures contracts that it holds. The inability to close options and futures positions also could have an adverse impact on the ability to effectively hedge them. The Fund will minimize the risk that it will be unable to close out a futures contract by only entering into futures contracts that are traded on national futures exchanges and for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market.
The risk of loss in trading futures contracts in some strategies can be substantial, due both to the low margin deposits required and the extremely high degree of leverage involved in futures pricing. Because the deposit requirements in the futures markets are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities markets, there may be increased participation by speculators in the futures market that also may cause temporary price distortions. A relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in immediate and substantial loss (as well as gain) to the investor. For example, if at the time of purchase, 10% of the value of the futures contract is deposited as margin, a subsequent 10% decrease in the value of the futures contract would result in a total loss of the margin deposit, before any deduction for the transaction costs, if the account were then closed out. A 15% decrease would result in a loss equal to 150% of the original margin deposit if the contract were closed out. Thus, a purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in the contract. However, because the futures strategies engaged in by the Funds are generally only for hedging purposes, the Adviser does not believe that the Funds are subject to the risks of loss frequently associated with futures transactions. The Funds would presumably have sustained comparable losses if, instead of the futures contract, it had invested in the underlying financial instrument and sold it after the decline.
Use of futures transactions by the Funds involves the risk of imperfect or no correlation where the securities underlying futures contract have different maturities than the portfolio securities being hedged. It also is possible that the Fund could both lose money on futures contracts and also experience a decline in value of its portfolio securities. There also is the risk of loss by the Funds of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom the Funds have open positions in a futures contract or related option.
The Fund may lose the expected benefit of futures transactions if interest rates, exchange rates or securities prices move in an unanticipated manner. Such unanticipated changes also may result in poorer overall performance than if the Fund had not entered into any futures transactions. Futures transactions involve brokerage costs and require the Fund to segregate assets to cover contracts that would require it to purchase securities or currencies.
Restrictions on the Use of Futures Contracts. The Fund may invest in futures contracts, including stock index futures contracts and options on futures contracts, in a manner consistent with its policies for investing in derivative instruments, as established by the Board.
These investments may be made (i) as a substitute for investing directly in securities to keep the Fund fully invested and reduce transaction costs, (ii) for speculative purposes (for example, to generate income), (iii) to hedge, and (iv) as a temporary substitute to maintain exposure to a particular market or security pending investment in that market or
security. The Funds will not enter into futures contract transactions for purposes other than bona fide hedging if, immediately thereafter, the sum of its initial margin deposits on open contracts exceeds 5% of the market value of the Funds total assets. In addition, the Funds will not enter into futures contracts to the extent that the value of the futures contracts held would exceed 1/3 of the Funds total assets. In addition, futures transactions may be limited by the Funds intention to remain qualified as a regulated investment company under the Code. The Fund will only sell futures contracts to protect securities it owns against price declines or purchase contracts to protect against an increase in the price of securities it intends to purchase.
In addition to the margin restrictions discussed above, transactions in futures contracts may involve the segregation of funds pursuant to requirements imposed by the SEC. Under those requirements, where the Fund has a long position in a futures contract, it may be required to establish a segregated account (not with a futures commission merchant or broker) containing cash or liquid securities equal to the purchase price of the contract (less any margin on deposit). For a short position in futures contracts held by the Fund, those requirements may mandate the establishment of a segregated account (not with a futures commission merchant or broker) with cash or liquid securities that, when added to the amounts deposited as margin, equal the notional value of the instruments underlying the futures contracts (but is not less than the price at which the short position was established). However, segregation of assets is not required if the Fund covers a long position. For example, instead of segregating assets, the Fund, when holding a long position in a futures contract, could purchase a put option on the same futures contract with a strike price as high as or higher than the price of the contract held by the Fund. In addition, where the Fund takes short positions, it need not segregate assets if it covers these positions. For example, where the Fund holds a short position in a futures contract, it may cover by owning the instruments underlying the contract. The Fund also may cover such a position by holding a call option permitting it to purchase the same futures contract at a price no higher than the price at which the short position was established. Where the Fund sells a call option on a futures contract, it may cover either by entering into a long position in the same contract at a price no higher than the strike price of the call option or by owning the instruments underlying the futures contract. The Fund also could cover this position by holding a separate call option permitting it to purchase the same futures contract at a price no higher than the strike price of the call option sold by the Fund.
Options. Options are complex instruments whose value depends on many variables. Options may be listed on a national securities exchange or traded over-the-counter. Call options and put options typically have similar structural characteristics and operational mechanics regardless of the underlying instrument on which they are purchased or sold. Thus, the following general discussion relates to each of the particular types of options discussed in greater detail below.
Exchange-listed options are traded on U.S. securities exchanges, such as the Chicago Board Options Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, the Philadelphia Stock Exchange and the Pacific Stock Exchange. Exchange-listed options are issued by a regulated intermediary such as the Options Clearing Corporation (OCC), which guarantees the performance of the obligations of the parties to such options.
Rather than taking or making delivery of the underlying instrument through the process of exercising the option, listed options are frequently closed by entering into offsetting purchase or sale transactions that do not result in ownership of the new option. The Funds ability to close out its position as a purchaser or seller of an OCC or exchange-listed put or call option is dependent, in part, upon the liquidity of the option market. If a secondary trading market in options were to become unavailable, the Fund could no longer engage in closing transactions which may limit the Funds ability to realize its profits or limit its losses and adversely affect the performance of the Funds. Among the possible reasons for the absence of a liquid option market on an exchange are: (i) insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions on transactions imposed by an exchange; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities including reaching daily price limits; (iv) interruption of the normal operations of the OCC or an exchange; (v) inadequacy of the facilities of an exchange or OCC to handle current trading volume; or (vi) a decision by one or more exchanges to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the relevant market for that option on that exchange would cease to exist, although outstanding options on that exchange would generally continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.
The hours of trading for listed options may not coincide with the hours during which the underlying financial instruments are traded. To the extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying financial
instruments, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the option markets.
Over-the-counter (OTC) options are purchased from or sold to securities dealers, financial institutions or other parties (Counterparties) through direct bilateral agreement with the Counterparty. In contrast to exchange-listed options, which generally have standardized terms and performance mechanics, all the terms of an OTC option, including such terms as method of settlement, term, exercise price, premium, guarantees and security, are set by negotiation of the parties.
Unless the parties provide for it, there is no central clearing or guaranty function in an OTC option. As a result, if the Counterparty fails to make or take delivery of the security, currency or other instrument underlying an OTC option it has entered into with the Fund or fails to make a cash settlement payment due in accordance with the terms of that option, the Fund will lose any premium it paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction. Accordingly, the Adviser must assess the creditworthiness of each such Counterparty or any guarantor or credit enhancement
Utilizing options is a specialized investment technique that entails a substantial risk, up to and including a complete loss of the amount invested.
Call Options. A call option, upon payment of a premium, gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the seller the obligation to sell, the underlying instrument at the exercise price. The seller of a call option remains obligated to sell the security to the buyer until the expiration of the option. A seller also may enter into closing purchase transactions in order to terminate its obligation as a writer of a call option prior to the expiration of the option. A call option is said to be covered when the seller of a call option owns the underlying instrument at all times prior to the exercise or expiration of the call option.
The Fund may purchase a call option on a security, financial future, index, currency or other instrument to protect the Fund against an increase in the price of the underlying instrument that it intends to purchase in the future by fixing the price at which it may purchase such instrument.
The Fund may write ( i.e. , sell) call options in an attempt to realize a greater level of current income than would be realized on the securities alone as the writer of a call option receives a premium for undertaking the obligation to sell the underlying security at a fixed price during the option period, if the option is exercised. The Fund also may write call options as a partial hedge against a possible stock market decline. In view of its investment objective, the Fund generally would write call options only in circumstances where the Adviser does not anticipate significant appreciation of the underlying security in the near future or has otherwise determined to dispose of the security.
Risk Factors in Call Option Transactions. The following risks are associated with call writing transactions:
· So long as the Fund remains obligated as a call option writer, it forgoes the opportunity to profit from increases in the market price of the underlying security above the exercise price of the option, except insofar as the premium represents such a profit.
· The Fund retains the risk of loss should the value of the underlying security decline.
· Although the writing of call options only on national securities exchanges increases the likelihood of the Funds ability to make closing purchase transactions, there is no assurance that the Fund will be able to effect such transactions at any particular time or at any acceptable price.
· Call option writing could result in increases in the Funds portfolio turnover rate, especially during periods when market prices of the underlying securities appreciate.
· The Fund may be forced to acquire the underlying security of an uncovered call option transaction at a price in excess of the exercise price of the option, that is, the price at which the Fund has agreed to sell the underlying security to the purchaser of the option.
Put Options. A put option gives the purchaser of the option, upon payment of a premium, the right to sell, and the writer the obligation to buy, the underlying security, commodity, index, currency or other instrument at the exercise price. A put option is said to be covered when the buyer of a put option owns the underlying instrument at all times prior to the exercise or expiration of the put option. The Funds purchase of a put option on a security might be designed to protect its holdings in the underlying instrument (or, in some cases, a similar instrument) against a substantial decline in the market value by giving the Fund the right to sell such instrument at the option exercise price.
The Fund may sell, transfer, or assign a put only in conjunction with the sale, transfer, or assignment of the underlying security or securities. The amount payable to the Fund upon its exercise of a put is normally (i) the Funds acquisition cost of the securities (excluding any accrued interest that the Fund paid on the acquisition), less any amortized market premium or plus any amortized market or original issue discount during the period the Fund owned the securities, plus (ii) all interest accrued on the securities since the last interest payment date during that period.
The Fund may acquire puts to facilitate the liquidity of its portfolio assets. The Fund also may use puts to facilitate the reinvestment of its assets at a rate of return more favorable than that of the underlying security. The Fund generally will acquire puts only where the puts are available without the payment of any direct or indirect consideration. However, if necessary or advisable, the Fund may pay for puts either separately in cash or by paying a higher price for portfolio securities that are acquired subject to the puts (thus reducing the yield to maturity otherwise available for the same securities). The Funds intend to acquire puts only from dealers, banks and broker-dealers that, in the Advisers opinion, present minimal credit risks.
Risk Factors in Put Option Transactions. The risk of writing put options is that the Fund may be unable to terminate its position in a put option before exercise by closing out the option in the secondary market at its current price if the secondary market is not liquid for a put option the Fund has written. In such a case, the Fund must continue to be prepared to pay the strike price while the option is outstanding, regardless of price changes and must continue to set aside assets to cover its position. Upon the exercise of a put option written by the Fund, the Fund is not entitled to the gains in excess of the strike price, if any, on securities underlying the options.
Restrictions on the use of Options. Except where allowed below, the Fund must at all times have in its portfolio the securities that it may be obligated to deliver if the option is exercised.
The Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund may write ( i.e. sell) call options that are traded on national securities exchanges with respect to common stock in its portfolio on up to 25% of its total assets. The Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund may write uncovered calls or puts on up to 5% of its total assets, that is, put or call options on securities that it does not own. Such options may be listed on a national securities exchange and issued by the OCC or traded over-the-counter. The Fund also may purchase index put and call options and write index options. Through the writing or purchase of index options, the Fund may seek to achieve many of the same objectives as through the use of options on individual securities.
Initial Public Offerings (IPOs)
The Fund may invest in securities that are made available in IPOs. IPO securities may be volatile, and the Fund cannot predict whether its investments in IPOs will be successful. Securities issued through an IPO can experience an immediate drop in value if the demand for the securities does not continue to support the offering price. Information about the issuers of IPO securities is also difficult to acquire since they are new to the market and may not have lengthy operating histories. Any short-term trading in connection with IPO investments could produce higher trading costs and adverse tax consequences. As the Fund grows in size, the positive effect of any IPO investments on the Fund may decrease.
Other Investments.
Illiquid Investments are investments that cannot be sold or disposed of, within seven business days, in the ordinary course of business at approximately the prices at which they are valued.
Under the supervision of the Board, the Adviser determines the liquidity of the Funds investments and, through reports from the Adviser, the Trustees monitor investments in illiquid instruments. In determining the liquidity of the Funds investments, the Adviser may consider various factors, including (1) the frequency of trades and quotations, (2) the number of dealers and prospective purchasers in the marketplace, (3) dealer undertakings to make a market, (4) the nature of the security (including any demand or tender features), and (5) the nature of the marketplace for trades (including the ability to assign or offset the Funds rights and obligations relating to the investment).
Investments currently considered by the Funds to be illiquid include repurchase agreements not entitling the holder to payment of principal and interest within seven days and certain restricted securities the Adviser has determined not to be liquid.
In the absence of market quotations, illiquid investments are priced at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to procedures approved by the Trustees. If, through a change in values, net assets, or other circumstances, the Fund were to exceed its limitations on investing in illiquid securities, the Fund would consider appropriate actions to protect liquidity.
Master Limited Partnerships. Master Limited Partnerships (MLPs) are publicly traded limited partnerships that combine the tax benefits of limited partnerships with the liquidity of common stock. MLPs have a partnership structure, with one or more general partners who oversee the business operations and one or more limited partners who contribute capital. MLPs issue investment units that are registered with the SEC and trade freely on a securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market. To be considered an MLP, a firm must earn 90% of its income through activities or interest and dividend payments relating to real estate, natural resources or commodities.
As a limited partner in an MLP, the Fund will have limited control of the partnership and limited rights to vote on matters affecting the partnership. While the Fund would not be liable for the debts of an MLP beyond the amounts the Fund has contributed, it will not be shielded from potential liability to the same extent it would be if it were a shareholder of a corporation. In certain circumstances, creditors of an MLP may have the right to seek a return of capital that has been distributed to a limited partner, such as the Fund. This right continues even after the Fund has sold its interest in the MLP. The Fund may, from time to time, invest in MLPs.
Restricted Securities. Restricted securities are securities that generally can be sold in privately negotiated transactions, pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, or in a registered public offering. Where registration is required, the Fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expense and a considerable period may elapse between the time it decides to seek registration and the time the Fund may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the Fund might obtain a less favorable price than that which prevailed when it decided to seek registration of the shares.
Subject to limitations on illiquid securities, the Fund may invest in restricted securities without limit.
Securities of Small-Capitalization Companies. While historically small-capitalization company stocks have outperformed the stocks of large companies, the former have customarily involved more investment risk as well. There can be no assurance that this will continue to be true in the future. Small-capitalization companies may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources; may lack management depth or experience; and may be more vulnerable to adverse general market or economic developments than large companies. The prices of small-capitalization company securities are often more volatile than prices associated with large company issues, and can display abrupt or erratic movements at times, due to limited trading volumes and less publicly available information.
Also, because small-capitalization companies normally have fewer shares outstanding and these shares trade less frequently than large companies, it may be more difficult for the Fund to buy and sell significant amounts of such
shares without an unfavorable impact on prevailing market prices. Some of the companies in which the Fund may invest may distribute, sell or produce products which have recently been brought to market and may be dependent on key personnel. The securities of micro-capitalization companies are often traded over-the-counter and may not be traded in the volumes typical on a national securities exchange. Consequently, in order to sell this type of holding, the Fund may need to discount the securities from recent prices or dispose of the securities over a long period of time.
Participation Interests . The Funds may purchase interests in securities from financial institutions such as commercial and investment banks, savings and loan associations and insurance companies. These interests may take the form of participation, beneficial interests in a trust, partnership interests or any other form of indirect ownership. The Funds invest in these participation interests in order to obtain credit enhancement or demand features that would not be available through direct ownership of the underlying securities.
Warrants. Warrants are securities that give the Fund the right to purchase equity securities from the issuer at a specific price (the strike price) for a limited period of time. The strike price of warrants typically is much lower than the current market price of the underlying securities, yet warrants are subject to greater price fluctuations. As a result, warrants may be more volatile investments than the underlying securities and may offer greater potential for capital appreciation as well as capital loss. The Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in warrants.
Refunding Contracts . Securities may be purchased on a when-issued basis in connection with the refinancing of an issuers outstanding indebtedness. Refunding contracts require the issuer to sell and a purchaser to buy refunded municipal obligations at a stated price and yield on a settlement date that may be several months or several years in the future. The Fund generally will not be obligated to pay the full purchase price if it fails to perform under a refunding contract. Instead, refunding contracts generally provide for payment of liquidated damages to the issuer (currently 15-20% of the purchase price). The Fund may secure its obligations under a refunding contract by depositing collateral or a letter of credit equal to the liquidated damages provisions of the refunding contract. When required by SEC guidelines, the Fund will place liquid assets in a segregated custodial account equal in amount to its obligations under refunding contracts.
Standby Commitments. The Fund may enter into standby commitments, which are puts that entitle holders to same-day settlement at an exercise price equal to the amortized cost of the underlying security plus accrued interest, if any, at the time of exercise. The Funds may acquire standby commitments to enhance the liquidity of portfolio securities. Ordinarily, the Funds may not transfer a standby commitment to a third party, although they could sell the underlying municipal security to a third party at any time. The Funds may purchase standby commitments separate from or in conjunction with the purchase of securities subject to such commitments. In the latter case, the Funds would pay a higher price for the securities acquired, thus reducing their yield to maturity. Standby commitments are subject to certain risks, including the ability of issuers of standby commitments to pay for securities at the time the commitments are exercised; the fact that standby commitments are not marketable by the Funds; and the possibility that the maturities of the underlying securities may be different from those of the commitments.
Other Investment Companies. Except for investment in money market funds, the Fund may invest up to 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one investment company, but may not own more than 3% of the securities of any one investment company or invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of other investment companies. The Fund may purchase and redeem shares issued by a money market fund without limit, provided that either: (1) the Fund pays no sales charge or service fee (as each of those terms is defined in the FINRA Conduct Rules); or (2) the Adviser waives its advisory fee in an amount necessary to offset any such sales charge or service fee.
Risk Factors Associated with Investments in Investment Companies. As a shareholder of an investment company, the Fund may indirectly bear investment advisory fees, supervisory and administrative fees, service fees and other fees which are in addition to the fees the Fund pays its service providers. The Fund would also bear the risk of all the underlying investments held by the other investment company.
Exchange Traded Funds. (ETFs) are investment companies whose primary objective is to achieve the same rate of return as a particular market index or commodity while trading throughout the day on an exchange. Certain ETFs are actively managed portfolios rather than being based upon an underlying index. ETF shares are sold initially in the primary market in units of 50,000 or more (creation units). A creation unit represents a bundle of
securities or commodities that replicates, or is a representative sample of, a particular index or commodity and that is deposited with the ETF. Once owned, the individual shares comprising each creation unit are traded on an exchange in secondary market transactions for cash. The secondary market for ETF shares allows them to be readily converted into cash, like commonly traded stocks. The combination of primary and secondary markets permits ETF shares to be traded throughout the day close to the value of the ETFs underlying portfolio securities. The Fund would purchase and sell individual shares of ETFs in the secondary market. These secondary market transactions require the payment of commissions.
Unit Investment Trusts. (UITs) are investment companies that hold a fixed portfolio of securities until the fixed maturity date of the UIT. The Fund would generally only purchase UITs in the secondary market for cash, which would result in the payment of commissions.
Risk Factors Associated with Investments in ETFs and UITs. ETF and UIT shares are subject to the same risk of price fluctuation due to supply and demand as any other stock traded on an exchange, which means that the Fund could receive less from the sale of shares of an ETF or UIT it holds than it paid at the time it purchased those shares. Furthermore, there may be times when the exchange halts trading, in which case the Fund owning ETF or UIT shares would be unable to sell them until trading is resumed. In addition, because ETFs and UITs invest in a portfolio of common stocks or other instruments or commodities, the value of an ETF or UIT could decline if prices of those instruments or commodities decline. An overall decline of those instruments or commodities comprising an ETFs or UITs benchmark index could have a greater impact on the ETF or UIT and investors than might be the case in an investment company with a more widely diversified portfolio. Losses could also occur if the ETF or UIT is unable to replicate the performance of the chosen benchmark index.
Other risks associated with ETFs or UITs include the possibility that: (i) an ETFs or UITs distributions may decline if the issuers of the ETFs or UITs portfolio securities fail to continue to pay dividends; and (ii) under certain circumstances, an ETF or UIT could be terminated. Should termination occur, the ETF or UIT could have to liquidate its portfolio securities when the prices for those securities are falling. In addition, inadequate or irregularly provided information about an ETF or UIT or its investments, because ETFs and UITs are generally passively managed, could expose investors in ETFs and UITs to unknown risks. Actively managed ETFs are also subject to the risk of underperformance relative to their chosen benchmark.
Risk Factors Associated with Investments in Precious Metals and Other Commodities. Certain Funds are subject to the risk of sharp price volatility of metals or other commodities, and of shares of companies principally engaged in activities related to metals or other commodities. Investments related to metals or other commodities may fluctuate in price significantly over short periods of time because of a variety of global economic, financial, and political factors. These factors include: economic cycles; changes in inflation or expectations about inflation in various countries; interest rates; currency fluctuations; metal sales by governments, central banks, or international agencies; investment speculation; resource availability; commodity prices; fluctuations in industrial and commercial supply and demand; government regulation of the metals and other commodities industries; and government prohibitions or restrictions on the private ownership of certain precious and rare metals.
Preferred Stocks are instruments that combine qualities both of equity and debt securities. Individual issues of preferred stock will have those rights and liabilities that are spelled out in the governing document. Preferred stocks usually pay a fixed dividend per quarter (or annum) and are senior to common stock in terms of liquidation and dividends rights and preferred stocks typically do not have voting rights.
Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) are corporations or business trusts that invest in real estate, mortgages or real estate-related securities. REITs are often grouped into three investment structures: Equity REITs, Mortgage REITs and Hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest in and own real estate properties. Their revenues come principally from rental income of their properties. Equity REITs provide occasional capital gains or losses from the sale of properties in their portfolio. Mortgage REITs deal in investment and ownership of property mortgages. These REITs typically loan money for mortgages to owners of real estate, or invest in existing mortgages or mortgage backed securities. Their revenues are generated primarily by the interest that they earn on the mortgage loans. Hybrid REITs combine the investment strategies of Equity REITs and Mortgage REITs by investing in both properties and mortgages.
DETERMINING NET ASSET VALUE (NAV) AND VALUING PORTFOLIO SECURITIES .
The NAV of the Fund is determined and the shares of the Fund are priced as of the valuation time(s) indicated in the prospectuses on each Business Day. A Business Day is a day on which the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the NYSE) is open. The NYSE will not open in observance of the following holidays: New Years Day, Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas. The Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland is closed on Columbus Day and Veterans Day.
International Funds.
Time zone arbitrage. The Fund invests a significant amount of its assets in foreign securities, which may expose it to attempts by investors to engage in time-zone arbitrage. Using this technique, investors seek to take advantage of differences in the values of foreign securities that might result from events that occur after the close of the foreign securities market on which a security is traded and before the close of the NYSE that day, when the Fund calculates its net asset value.
If successful, time zone arbitrage might dilute the interests of other shareholders.
The Fund uses fair value pricing under certain circumstances, to adjust the closing market prices of foreign securities to reflect what the Adviser and the Board consider to be their fair value. Fair value pricing may also help to deter time zone arbitrage.
Fair value pricing for the Fund. If market quotations are not readily available, or (in the Advisers judgment) do not accurately reflect the fair value of a security, or if after the close of the principal market on which a security held by the Fund is traded and before the time as of which the Funds net asset value is calculated that day, an event occurs that the Adviser learns of and believes in the exercise of its judgment will cause a material change in the value of that security from the closing price of the security on the principal market on which it is traded, that security may be valued by another method that the Board believes would more accurately reflect the securitys fair value.
The Board has adopted valuation procedures for the Fund and has delegated the day-to-day responsibility for fair valuation determinations to the Adviser and its Pricing Committee. Those determinations may include consideration of recent transactions in comparable securities, information relating to a specific security, developments in and performance of foreign securities markets, current valuations of foreign or U.S. indices, and adjustment co-efficients based on fair value models developed by independent service providers. The Adviser may, for example, adjust the value of portfolio securities based on fair value models supplied by the service provider when the Adviser believes that the adjustments better reflect actual prices as of the close of the NYSE.
The Funds use of fair value pricing procedures involves subjective judgments and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security may be materially different from the value that could be realized upon the sale of that security. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Fund could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the same time at which the Fund determines its net asset value per share.
PERFORMANCE .
From time to time, the standardized yield, distribution return, dividend yield, average annual total return, total return, and total return at NAV of an investment in each class of the Fund shares may be advertised. An explanation of how yields and total returns are calculated for each class and the components of those calculations are set forth below.
Yield and total return information may be useful to investors in reviewing the Funds performance. The Funds advertisement of its performance must, under applicable SEC rules, include the average annual total returns for each class of shares of the Fund for the 1, 5 and 10-year period (or the life of the class, if less) as of the most recently ended calendar quarter. This enables an investor to compare the Funds performance to the performance of other funds for the same periods. However, a number of factors should be considered before using such information as a basis for comparison with other investments. Investments in the Fund are not insured; their yield and total return are
not guaranteed and normally will fluctuate on a daily basis. When redeemed, an investors shares may be worth more or less than their original cost. Yield and total return for any given past period are not a prediction or representation by the Trust of future yields or rates of return on its shares. The yield and total returns of the Fund is affected by portfolio quality, portfolio maturity, the types of investments held and operating expenses.
Standardized Yield. The yield (referred to as standardized yield) of the Funds for a given 30-day period for a class of shares is calculated using the following formula set forth in rules adopted by the SEC that apply to all funds that quote yields:
Standardized Yield = 2 [( a-b + 1) 6 - 1]
cd
The symbols above represent the following factors:
a = dividends and interest earned during the 30-day period.
b = expenses accrued for the period (net of any expense reimbursements).
c = the average daily number of shares of that class outstanding during the 30-day period that were entitled to receive dividends.
d = the maximum offering price per share of the class on the last day of the period, adjusted for undistributed net investment income.
The standardized yield of a class of shares for a 30-day period may differ from its yield for any other period. The SEC formula assumes that the standardized yield for a 30-day period occurs at a constant rate for a six-month period and is annualized at the end of the six-month period. This standardized yield is not based on actual distributions paid by the Fund to shareholders in the 30-day period, but is a hypothetical yield based upon the net investment income from the Funds portfolio investments calculated for that period. The standardized yield may differ from the dividend yield of that class, described below. Additionally, because each class of shares of the Fund is subject to different expenses, it is likely that the standardized yields of the share classes of the Fund will differ.
Dividend Yield and Distribution Returns. From time to time the Fund may quote a dividend yield or a distribution return for each class. Dividend yield is based on the dividends of a class of shares derived from net investment income during a one-year period. Distribution return includes dividends derived from net investment income and from net realized capital gains declared during a one-year period. The distribution return for a period is not necessarily indicative of the return of an investment since it may include capital gain distributions representing gains not earned during the period. Distributions, since they result in the reduction in the price of Fund shares, do not, by themselves, result in gain to shareholders. The dividend yield is calculated as follows:
Dividend Yield of the Class |
= |
Dividends of the Class for a Period of One-Year |
|
|
Max. Offering Price of the Class (last day of period) |
For Class A shares, the maximum offering price includes the maximum front-end sales charge.
From time to time similar yield or distribution return calculations may also be made using the Class A NAV (instead of its respective maximum offering price) at the end of the period.
Total Returns General. Total returns assume that all dividends and net capital gains distributions during the period are reinvested to buy additional shares at NAV and that the investment is redeemed at the end of the period. After-tax returns reflect the reinvestment of dividends and capital gains distributions less the taxes due on those distributions. After-tax returns are calculated using the highest individual federal marginal income tax rates in effect on the reinvestment date and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on your tax situation and may differ from those shown in the prospectuses.
Total Returns Before Taxes. The average annual total return before taxes of the Fund, or of each class of the Fund, is an average annual compounded rate of return before taxes for each year in a specified number of years. It is the rate of return based on the change in value of a hypothetical initial investment of $1,000 (P in the formula
below) held for a number of years (n) to achieve an Ending Redeemable Value (ERV), according to the following formula:
(ERV/P) 1/n -1 = Average Annual Total Return Before Taxes
The cumulative total return before taxes calculation measures the change in value of a hypothetical investment of $1,000 over an entire period greater than one year. Its calculation uses some of the same factors as average annual total return, but it does not average the rate of return on an annual basis. Total return is determined as follows:
ERV - P = Total Return Before Taxes
P
Total Returns After Taxes on Distributions. The average annual total return after taxes on distributions of the Fund, or of each class of the Fund, is an average annual compounded rate of return after taxes on distributions for each year in a specified number of years. It is the rate of return based on the change in value of a hypothetical initial investment of $1,000 (P in the formula below) held for a number of years (n) to achieve an ending value at the end of the periods shown (ATV D ), according to the following formula:
( ATV D /P) 1/n -1 = Average Annual Total Return After Taxes on Distributions
Total Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Redemptions. The average annual total return after taxes on distributions and redemptions of the Fund, or of each class of the Fund, is an average annual compounded rate of return after taxes on distributions and redemption for each year in a specified number of years. It is the rate of return based on the change in value of a hypothetical initial investment of $1,000 (P in the formula below) held for a number of years (n) to achieve an ending value at the end of the periods shown (ATV DR ), according to the following formula:
( ATV DR /P) 1/n -1 = Average Annual Total Return After Taxes on Distributions and Redemptions
The cumulative total return after taxes on distributions and redemptions calculation measures the change in value of a hypothetical investment of $1,000 over an entire period greater than one year. Its calculation uses some of the same factors as average annual total return after taxes on distributions and redemptions, but it does not average the rate of return on an annual basis. Total return after taxes on distributions is determined as follows:
ATV DR - P = Total Return After Taxes on Distributions and Redemptions
P
From time to time the Funds also may quote an average annual total return at NAV or a cumulative total return at NAV. It is based on the difference in NAV at the beginning and the end of the period for a hypothetical investment in that class of shares (without considering front-end sales charges or contingent deferred sales charges (CDSC) and takes into consideration the reinvestment of dividends and capital gains distributions.
Other Performance Comparisons.
From time to time the Fund may publish the ranking of its performance or the performance of a particular class of Fund shares by Lipper, Inc. (Lipper), a widely-recognized independent mutual fund monitoring service. Lipper monitors the performance of regulated investment companies and ranks the performance of the Funds and their classes against all other funds in similar categories, for both equity and fixed income funds. The Lipper performance rankings are based on total return that includes the reinvestment of capital gains distributions and income dividends but does not take sales charges or taxes into consideration.
From time to time the Fund may publish its rating or that of a particular class of Fund shares by Morningstar, Inc., an independent mutual fund monitoring service that rates mutual funds, in broad investment categories (domestic equity, international equity, taxable bond, or municipal bond) monthly, based upon the Funds three, five and ten-year average annual total returns (when available) and a risk adjustment factor that reflects Fund performance relative to
three-month U.S. Treasury bill monthly returns. Such returns are adjusted for fees and sales loads. There are five rating categories with a corresponding number of stars: highest (5), above average (4), neutral (3), below average (2) and lowest (1).
The total return on an investment made in the Fund or in a particular class of Fund shares may be compared with the performance for the same period of one or more broad-based securities market indices, as described in the prospectuses. These indices are unmanaged indices of securities that do not reflect reinvestment of capital gains or take investment costs into consideration, as these items are not applicable to indices. The Funds total returns also may be compared with the Consumer Price Index, a measure of change in consumer prices, as determined by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.
From time to time, the yields and the total returns of the Funds or of a particular class of Fund shares may be quoted in and compared to other mutual funds with similar investment objectives in advertisements, shareholder reports or other communications to shareholders. The Fund also may include calculations in such communications that describe hypothetical investment results. (Such performance examples are based on an express set of assumptions and are not indicative of the performance of any Fund.) Such calculations may from time to time include discussions or illustrations of the effects of compounding in advertisements. Compounding refers to the fact that, if dividends or other distributions on the Funds investment are reinvested by being paid in additional Fund shares, any future income or capital appreciation of the Fund would increase the value, not only of the original Fund investment, but also of the additional Fund shares received through reinvestment. As a result, the value of the Fund investment would increase more quickly than if dividends or other distributions had been paid in cash.
The Fund also may include discussions or illustrations of the potential investment goals of a prospective investor (including but not limited to tax and/or retirement planning), investment management techniques, policies or investment suitability of the Fund, economic conditions, legislative developments (including pending legislation), the effects of inflation and historical performance of various asset classes, including but not limited to stocks, bonds and Treasury bills.
From time to time advertisements or communications to shareholders may summarize the substance of information contained in shareholder reports (including the investment composition of the Fund, as well as the views of the Adviser as to current market, economic, trade and interest rate trends, legislative, regulatory and monetary developments, investment strategies and related matters believed to be of relevance to the Fund). The Fund also may include in advertisements, charts, graphs or drawings that illustrate the potential risks and rewards of investment in various investment vehicles, including but not limited to stock, bonds and Treasury bills, as compared to an investment in shares of the Fund, as well as charts or graphs that illustrate strategies such as dollar cost averaging and comparisons of hypothetical yields of investment in tax-exempt versus taxable investments. In addition, advertisements or shareholder communications may include a discussion of certain attributes or benefits to be derived by an investment in the Fund. Such advertisements or communications may include symbols, headlines or other material that highlight or summarize the information discussed in more detail therein. With proper authorization, the Fund may reprint articles (or excerpts) written regarding the Fund and provide them to prospective shareholders. The Funds performance information is generally available by calling toll free 800-539-FUND (800-539-3863).
Investors also may judge, and the Fund may at times advertise, the performance of the Fund or of a particular class of Fund shares by comparing it to the performance of other mutual funds or mutual fund portfolios with comparable investment objectives and policies, which performance may be contained in various unmanaged mutual fund or market indices or rankings. In addition to yield information, general information about the Fund that appears in a publication may also be quoted or reproduced in advertisements or in reports to shareholders.
Advertisements and sales literature may include discussions of specifics of a portfolio managers investment strategy and process, including, but not limited to, descriptions of security selection and analysis. Advertisements may also include descriptive information about the investment adviser, including, but not limited to, its status within the industry, other services and products it makes available, total assets under management and its investment philosophy.
When comparing yield, total return and investment risk of an investment in shares of the Fund with other investments, investors should understand that certain other investments have different risk characteristics than an investment in shares of the Fund. For example, CDs may have fixed rates of return and may be insured as to principal and interest by the FDIC, while the Funds returns will fluctuate and its share values and returns are not guaranteed. Money market accounts offered by banks also may be insured by the FDIC and may offer stability of principal. U.S. Treasury securities are guaranteed as to principal and interest by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
ADDITIONAL PURCHASE, EXCHANGE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION.
The NYSE holiday closing schedule indicated in this SAI under Determining Net Asset Value (NAV) And Valuing Portfolio Securities is subject to change. When the NYSE is closed or when trading is restricted for any reason other than its customary weekend or holiday closings, or under emergency circumstances as determined by the SEC to warrant such action, the Fund may not be able to accept purchase or redemption requests. The Funds NAV may be affected to the extent that its securities are traded on days that are not Business Days. The Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase order in whole or in part.
The Trust has elected, pursuant to Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, to redeem shares of the Fund solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1.00% of the NAV of the Fund during any 90-day period for any one shareholder. The remaining portion of the redemption may be made in securities or other property, valued for this purpose as they are valued in computing the NAV of each class of the Fund. Shareholders receiving securities or other property on redemption may realize a gain or loss for tax purposes and may incur additional costs as well as the associated inconveniences of holding and/or disposing of such securities or other property.
Pursuant to Rule 11a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Funds are required to give shareholders at least 60 days notice prior to terminating or modifying the Funds exchange privilege. The 60-day notification requirement may, however, be waived if (1) the only effect of a modification would be to reduce or eliminate an administrative fee, redemption fee, or CDSC ordinarily payable at the time of exchange or (2) the Fund temporarily suspends the offering of shares as permitted under the 1940 Act or by the SEC or because it is unable to invest amounts effectively in accordance with its investment objective and policies.
The Fund reserves the right at any time without prior notice to shareholders to refuse exchange purchases by any person or group if, in the Advisers judgment, the Fund would be unable to invest effectively in accordance with its investment objective and policies, or would otherwise be adversely affected.
The Fund has authorized one or more brokers or other financial services institutions to accept on its behalf purchase and redemption orders. Such brokers or other financial services institutions are authorized to designate plan administrators and other intermediaries to accept purchase and redemption orders on the Funds behalf. The Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when an authorized broker or other financial services institutions, or, if applicable, a brokers or other financial services institutions authorized designee, accepts the order. Customer orders will be priced at the Funds NAV next computed after they are accepted by an authorized broker or other financial services institutions or the brokers or other financial services institutions authorized designee.
Purchasing Shares.
Alternative Sales Arrangements Class A, C, I and Y Shares . Alternative sales arrangements permit an investor to choose the method of purchasing shares that is more beneficial depending on the amount of the purchase, the length of time the investor expects to hold shares and other relevant circumstances. Any salesperson or other person entitled to receive compensation for selling Fund shares may receive different compensation with respect to one class of shares in comparison to another class of shares. Not all Investment Professionals will offer all classes of shares.
Each class of shares represents interests in the same portfolio investments of the Fund. However, each class has different shareholder privileges and features. The net income attributable to a particular class and the dividends
payable on these shares will be reduced by incremental expenses borne solely by that class, including any asset-based sales charge to which these shares may be subject.
No initial sales charge is imposed on Class C shares. Victory Capital Advisers, Inc., the Funds distributor (the Distributor), may pay sales commissions to dealers and institutions who sell Class C shares of the Trust at the time of such sales. Payments with respect to Class C shares will equal 1.00% of the purchase price of the Class C shares sold by the dealer or institution. The Distributor will retain all payments received by it relating to Class C shares for the first year after they are purchased. After the first full year, the Distributor will make monthly payments in the amount of 0.75% for distribution services and 0.25% for personal shareholder services to dealers and institutions based on the average NAV of Class C shares, which are attributable to shareholders for whom the dealers and institutions are designated as dealers of record. Some of the compensation paid to dealers and institutions is recouped through the CDSC imposed on shares redeemed within 12 months of their purchase. Class C shares are subject to the Rule 12b-1 fees described in the SAI under Advisory and Other Contracts Rule 12b-1 Distribution and Service Plans. There is no automatic conversion feature applicable to Class C shares, although financial institutions may be permitted to exchange class C shares for a share class with lower expenses under circumstances described in a Funds prospectus. Any options with respect to the reinvestment of distributions made by the Funds to Class C shareholders are offered only by the broker through whom the shares were acquired.
No initial sales charges or CDSCs are imposed on Class I shares. Class I shares are not subject to the Rule 12b-1 fees. There is no conversion feature applicable to Class I shares. Distributions paid to holders of the Funds Class I shares may be reinvested in additional Class I shares of that Fund or Class I shares of a different Fund.
The minimum investment required to open an account for Class I shares is $2,500,000. Class I shares are also available for purchase by retirement plans, including Section 401 and 457 Plans sponsored by a Section 501(c)(3) organization and certain non-qualified deferred compensation arrangements that operate in a similar manner to qualified plans. The Fund will consider a lower initial investment if, in the opinion of the Distributor, the investor has the adequate intent and availability of assets to reach a future level of investment of $2,500,000. Only certain investors are eligible to buy Class I shares and your financial adviser or other financial intermediary can help you determine whether you are eligible to invest.
No initial sales charges or CDSCs are imposed on Class Y shares. Class Y shares are not subject to the Rule 12b-1 fees described in this SAI under Advisory and Other Contracts Rule 12b-1 Distribution and Service Plans. There is no automatic conversion feature applicable to Class Y shares. Distributions paid to holders of a Funds Class Y shares may be reinvested in additional Class Y shares of that Fund or Class Y shares of a different Fund.
Class Y shares are available for purchase through selected fee-based advisory programs with an approved financial intermediary. In fee-based advisory programs, a financial intermediary typically charges each investor a fee based upon the value of the account, and the financial intermediary generally directs all purchase and sale transactions. Such transactions may be subject to additional rules or requirements of the applicable financial intermediarys program.
The Fund reserves the right to change the criteria for eligible investors and the investment minimums. The Fund also reserves the right to refuse a purchase order for any reason, including if it believes that doing so would be in the best interest of the Fund and shareholders.
The methodology for calculating the NAV, dividends and distributions of the share classes of the Fund recognizes two types of expenses. General expenses that do not pertain specifically to a class are allocated to the shares of each class, based upon the percentage that the net assets of such class bears to the Funds total net assets and then pro rata to each outstanding share within a given class. Such general expenses include (1) management fees, (2) legal, bookkeeping and audit fees, (3) printing and mailing costs of shareholder reports, prospectuses, statements of additional information and other materials for current shareholders, (4) fees to the Trustees who are not affiliated with the Adviser, (5) custodian expenses, (6) share issuance costs, (7) organization and start-up costs, (8) interest, taxes and brokerage commissions, and (9) non-recurring expenses, such as litigation costs. Other expenses that are directly attributable to a class are allocated equally to each outstanding share within that class. Such expenses include (1) Rule 12b-1 distribution fees and shareholder servicing fees, (2) incremental transfer and shareholder
servicing agent fees and expenses, (3) registration fees, and (4) shareholder meeting expenses, to the extent that such expenses pertain to a specific class rather than to the Fund as a whole.
Dealer Reallowances. The following table shows the amount of the front-end sales load that is reallowed to dealers as a percentage of the offering price of Class A shares of the Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund.
Amount of Purchase |
|
Initial Sales Charge:
|
|
Concession to Dealers:
|
|
Up to $49,999 |
|
5.75 |
% |
5.00 |
% |
$50,000 to $99,999 |
|
4.50 |
% |
4.00 |
% |
$100,000 to $249,999 |
|
3.50 |
% |
3.00 |
% |
$250,000 to $499,999 |
|
2.50 |
% |
2.00 |
% |
$500,000 to $999,999 |
|
2.00 |
% |
1.75 |
% |
$1,000,000 and above* |
|
0.00 |
% |
** |
|
* There is no initial sales charge on purchases of $1 million or more; however a sales concession and/or advance of a 12b-1 Fee may be paid and such purchases are potentially subject to a CDSC, as set forth below.
** Investment Professionals may receive payment on purchases of $1 million or more of Class A shares that are sold at NAV as follows: 0.75% of the current purchase amount if cumulative prior purchases sold at NAV plus the current purchase is less than $3 million; 0.50% of the current purchase amount if the cumulative prior purchases sold at NAV plus the current purchase is $3 million to $4,999,999; and 0.25% on of the current purchase amount if the cumulative prior purchases sold at NAV plus the current purchase is $5 million or more. In addition, in connection with such purchases, the Distributor or its affiliates may advance 12b-1 Fees of 0.25% of the purchase amount to Investment Professionals for providing services to shareholders.
Except as noted in this SAI, a CDSC of up to 0.75% may be imposed on any such shares redeemed within the first year after purchase. CDSCs are based on the lower of the cost of the shares or NAV at the time of redemption. No CDSC is imposed on reinvested distributions.
The Distributor reserves the right to pay the entire commission to dealers. If that occurs, the dealer may be considered an underwriter under federal securities laws.
The Adviser (or its affiliates), from its own resources, may make substantial payments to various financial intermediaries in connection with the sale or servicing of Fund shares sold or held through those intermediaries. The Adviser also may reimburse the Distributor (or the Distributors affiliates) for making these payments. The following table summarizes these arrangements as of October 31, 2013. No amounts have been paid with respect to the Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund, which had not yet commenced operations as of the date of this SAI.
Financial Intermediary |
|
Maximum Annual Fee
|
|
ADP |
|
0.25 |
% |
AIG Retirement Advisors, Inc. |
|
0.20 |
% |
Ameriprise |
|
0.10 |
% |
BPA/CIS |
|
0.10 |
% |
Charles Schwab Trust Company |
|
0.20 |
% |
Charles Schwab |
|
0.15 |
% |
CPI Qualified Plan Consultants (MSCS reports) |
|
0.25 |
% |
DailyAccess.Com |
|
0.25 |
% |
Digital Retirement Solutions |
|
0.20 |
% |
Dyatech LLC |
|
0.15 |
% |
Financial Intermediary |
|
Maximum Annual Fee
|
|
Expert Plan (MSCS Reports) |
|
0.25 |
% |
Fidelity NFS (FIAG) / Fidelity Retirement |
|
0.25 |
% |
Fidelity Institutional (FIIOC) |
|
0.25 |
% |
Great West Life Financial Services |
|
0.25 |
% |
Hartford Securities Distribution Company |
|
0.20 |
% |
Harford Corp. Retirement |
|
0.20 |
% |
Hewitt |
|
0.15 |
% |
ICMA-RC Services, LLC |
|
0.20 |
% |
ING (formerly Citistreet LLC) |
|
0.25 |
% |
ING Retirement Plan Services |
|
0.25 |
% |
John Hancock Life Ins. Co. USA |
|
0.25 |
% |
JP Morgan Retirement Services |
|
0.25 |
% |
Lincoln Retirement Services Co |
|
0.15 |
% |
Linsco Private Ledger (LPL) |
|
0.25 |
% |
Marshal & Ilsley Trust Co |
|
0.10 |
% |
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company |
|
0.25 |
% |
Mercer HR Services LLC |
|
0.40 |
% |
Merrill (Institutional - RG Services and Sub Accounting) |
|
0.20 |
% |
Merrill (Retail - New Sales Fees) |
|
0.25 |
% |
Merrill (Retail - Sub Accounting Account Fees) |
|
0.10 |
% |
Merrill (Retail - Non-MLAM Assets > 1 Year) |
|
0.10 |
% |
Mid Atlantic Capital |
|
0.25 |
% |
Minnesota Life |
|
0.10 |
% |
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney / ADP |
|
0.20 |
% |
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney (Wrap) |
|
0.12 |
% |
MSCS Financial Services |
|
0.25 |
% |
Nationwide Investment Srvcs Corp |
|
0.25 |
% |
Newport |
|
0.25 |
% |
NY Life Investment Mgmt. Srvcs. |
|
0.25 |
% |
Pension Corp Of America |
|
0.10 |
% |
Pershing |
|
0.15 |
% |
Plan Administration Inc. (MSCS reports) |
|
0.25 |
% |
Principal Life Insurance |
|
0.15 |
% |
Prudential (PruArray) |
|
0.20 |
% |
Prudential (PruChoice)(PIMS) |
|
0.10 |
% |
Raymond James |
|
0.10 |
% |
Reliance Trust Company |
|
0.15 |
% |
Retirement Plan Company |
|
0.25 |
% |
SEI Private Trust Company |
|
0.15 |
% |
Standard Insurance Company |
|
0.15 |
% |
TD Ameritrade Trust Company |
|
0.25 |
% |
T. Rowe Price |
|
0.15 |
% |
TIAA Cref |
|
0.25 |
% |
UBS (PACE, InsightOne, St ADV, DRS Wrap) |
|
0.10 |
% |
Financial Intermediary |
|
Maximum Annual Fee
|
|
UBS (Other Assets) |
|
0.10 |
% |
Vertical Management Systems, Inc. |
|
0.20 |
% |
Wachovia / WySTAR Global Retirement Solutions |
|
0.25 |
% |
Wells Fargo Advisors / First Clearing |
|
0.10 |
% |
Wells Fargo Bank |
|
0.25 |
% |
Wilmington Trust (formerly American Stock Transfer) |
|
0.20 |
% |
Wilmington Trust Ret and Instl Service Company |
|
0.25 |
% |
Financial Intermediary |
|
Other Fee Arrangement |
|
Morgan Stanley DW, Inc. (Retail) |
|
$125,000 annually or 0.13%, whichever is greater |
|
Reduced Sales Charge . Reduced sales charges are available for purchases of $50,000 or more of Class A shares of the Fund alone or in combination with purchases of other Class A shares of the Trust (except Victory Funds offered by the Trust that do not impose a sales charge). To obtain the reduction of the sales charge, you or your Investment Professional must notify the transfer agent at the time of purchase whenever a quantity discount is applicable to your purchase. An Investment Professional is an investment consultant, salesperson, financial planner, investment adviser, or trust officer who provides investment information.
In addition to investing at one time in any combination of Class A shares of the Trust in an amount entitling you to a reduced sales charge, you may qualify for a reduction in, or the elimination of, the sales charge under various programs described in the prospectuses. The following points provide additional information about these programs.
· Retirement Plans. Retirement plans (including Section 401 and 457 Plans sponsored by a Section 501(c)(3) organization and certain non-qualified deferred compensation arrangements that operate in a similar manner to qualified plans) and IRA Rollovers from retirement plans with assets invested in Class A shares of the Victory Funds are eligible to buy Class A shares without an initial sales charge. (Retirement plans with assets invested in one or more Victory Funds prior to December 31, 2002 that were eligible to buy Class A shares without an initial sales charge based on the eligibility requirements then in effect may continue to buy Class A shares without an initial sales charge.)
Investment Professionals servicing retirement plans and who receive up-front payments may receive payment on purchases of Class A shares that are sold at NAV as follows: 0.50% of the current purchase amount if cumulative prior purchases sold at NAV plus the current purchase is less than $5 million; and 0.25% of the current purchase amount if the cumulative prior purchases sold at NAV plus the current purchase is $5 million to $9,999,999. In addition, in connection with such purchases, the Distributor or its affiliates may advance 12b-1 Fees of 0.25% of the purchase amount to Investment Professionals for providing services to shareholders. No up-front payments will be made to firms that do not pay such up-front payments to their investment professionals or who do not consent to potential CDSC fees.
Except as noted in this SAI, a CDSC of up to 0.75% is imposed if the qualified retirement plan redeems 90% or more of its cumulative purchases of Class A shares within the first year after purchase. CDSCs are based on the lower of the cost of the shares or NAV at the time of redemption. No CDSC is imposed on reinvested distributions.
· Service Providers. Members of certain specialized groups that receive support services from service providers who enter into written agreements with the Trust are eligible, under the terms of the agreement, to purchase Class A shares at NAV without paying a sales load.
· Rights of Accumulation permit reduced sales charges on future purchases of Class A shares after you have reached a new breakpoint. To determine your reduced sales charge, you can add the value of your Class A shares (or those held by your spouse (including life partner) and your children under age 21), determined at the previous days NAV, to the amount of your new purchase, valued at the current offering price.
· Letter of Intent. If you anticipate purchasing $50,000 or more of shares of one Fund, or in combination with Class A shares of certain other Victory Funds offered by the Trust (excluding any Victory Funds that do not impose a sales charge), within a 13-month period, you may obtain shares of the portfolios at the same reduced sales charge as though the total quantity were invested in one lump sum, by filing a non-binding Letter of Intent (the Letter) within 90 days of the start of the purchases. Each investment you make after signing the Letter will be entitled to the sales charge applicable to the total investment indicated in the Letter. For example, a $2,500 purchase toward a $60,000 Letter would receive the same reduced sales charge as if the $60,000 had been invested at one time. To ensure that the reduced price will be received on future purchases, you or your Investment Professional must inform the transfer agent that the Letter is in effect each time shares are purchased. Neither income dividends nor capital gain distributions taken in additional shares will apply toward the completion of the Letter.
You are not obligated to complete the additional purchases contemplated by a Letter. If you do not complete your purchase under the Letter within the 13-month period, your sales charge will be adjusted upward, corresponding to the amount actually purchased and, if after written notice, you do not pay the increased sales charge, sufficient escrowed shares will be redeemed to pay such charge.
If you purchase more than the amount specified in the Letter and qualify for a further sales charge reduction, the sales charge will be adjusted to reflect your total purchase at the end of 13 months. Surplus funds will be applied to the purchase of additional shares at the then current offering price applicable to the total purchase.
· General. For purposes of determining the availability of reduced initial sales charges through letters of intent, rights of accumulation and concurrent purchases, the Distributor, in its discretion, may aggregate certain related accounts.
Sample Calculation of Maximum Offering Price.
The Class A shares of the Fund is sold with a maximum initial sales charge of 5.75%.* Class I shares of the Fund is sold at NAV without any initial sales charges or CDSCs. Class C shares of the Fund is sold at NAV without any initial sales charges and with a 1.00% CDSC on shares redeemed within 12 months of purchase. Class I and Class Y shares of the Fund are sold at NAV without any initial sales charges or CDSCs. The following tables show the maximum offering price per share of each class of the Fund assuming a hypothetical NAV of $10.
Class A Shares of the Fund.
Fund |
|
NAV and redemption
|
|
Maximum sales charge
|
|
Maximum offering
|
|
|||
Emerging Markets Small Cap |
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
$ |
0.61 |
|
$ |
10.61 |
|
* A CDSC of 0.75% is imposed on certain redemptions of Class A shares, as described above.
Class C Shares of the Fund.
Fund |
|
Class C NAV, offering price and
|
|
|
Emerging Markets Small Cap |
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
Class I Shares of the Fund.
Fund |
|
Class I NAV, offering price and
|
|
|
Emerging Markets Small Cap |
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
Class Y Shares of the Fund.
Fund |
|
Class Y NAV, offering price and
|
|
|
Emerging Markets Small Cap |
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
Redeeming Shares.
Contingent Deferred Sales
Charge Class A Shares. No CDSC is imposed on:
· the redemption of Class A shares to the extent that the shares redeemed (1) are no longer subject to the holding period for such shares, (2) resulted from reinvestment of distributions, or (3) were exchanged for shares of another Victory Fund as allowed by the prospectus, provided that the shares acquired in such exchange or subsequent exchanges will continue to remain subject to the CDSC, if applicable, until the applicable holding period expires. In determining whether the CDSC applies to each redemption, shares not subject to a CDSC are redeemed first;
· redemptions following the death or post-purchase disability of (1) a registered shareholder on an account; or (2) a settlor of a living trust, of shares held in the account at the time of death or initial determination of post-purchase disability;
· certain distributions from individual retirement accounts, Section 403(b), Section 457 and Section 401 qualified plans, where redemptions result from (1) required minimum distributions with respect to that portion of such contributions that does not exceed 12% annually; (2) tax free returns of excess contributions or returns of excess deferral amounts; (3) distributions on the death or disability of the account holder; (4) distributions for the purpose of a loan or hardship withdrawal from a participant plan balance; or (5) distributions as a result of separation of service;
· distributions resulting as a result of a Qualified Domestic Relations Order or Domestic Relations Order required by a court settlement;
· redemptions of shares by the investor where the investors dealer or institution waived its commission in connection with the purchase and notifies the Distributor prior to the time of investment;
· amounts from a Systematic Withdrawal Plan (including Dividends), of up to an annual amount of 12% of the account value on a per fund basis, at the time the withdrawal plan is established; or
· participant-initiated distributions from employee benefit plans or participant-initiated exchanges among investment choices in employee benefit plans.
Reinstatement Privilege. Within 90 days of a redemption, a shareholder may reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds of Class A or Class C shares in the same class of shares of a Fund or any of the other Funds into which shares of the Fund are exchangeable, as described above, at the NAV next computed after receipt by the transfer agent of the reinvestment order. No service charge is currently made for reinvestment in shares of the Funds. Class C share proceeds reinstated do not result in a refund of any CDSC paid by the shareholder, but the reinstated shares will be treated as CDSC exempt upon reinstatement. The shareholder must ask the Distributor for such privilege at the time of reinvestment. Any capital gain that was realized when the shares were redeemed is taxable and reinvestment will not alter any capital gains tax payable on that gain. If there has been a capital loss on the redemption, some or all of the loss may not be tax deductible, depending on the timing and amount of the reinvestment. Under the Code, if the redemption proceeds of Fund shares on which a sales charge was paid are reinvested in shares of the same Fund or another Fund offered by the Trust within 90 days of payment of the sales charge, the shareholders basis in the shares of the Fund that were redeemed may not include the amount of the sales charge paid. That would reduce the loss or increase the gain recognized from redemption. The Funds may amend, suspend, or cease offering this reinvestment privilege at any time as to shares redeemed after the date of such amendment, suspension, or cessation. The reinstatement must be into an account bearing the same registration.
DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.
The Fund distributes substantially all of its net investment income and net capital gains, if any, to shareholders within each calendar year as well as on a fiscal year basis to the extent required for the Fund to qualify for favorable U.S. federal tax treatment. The Fund ordinarily declares and pays dividends separately for each class of shares from its net investment income. The Fund declares and pays capital gains dividends annually. The Fund declares and pays dividends annually.
The amount of a classs distributions may vary from time to time depending on market conditions, the composition of the Funds portfolio and expenses borne by the Fund or borne separately by a class. Dividends are calculated in the same manner, at the same time and on the same day for shares of each class. However, dividends attributable to a particular class will differ due to differences in distribution expenses and other class-specific expenses.
For this purpose, the net income of the Fund, from the time of the immediately preceding determination thereof, shall consist of all interest income accrued on the portfolio assets of the Fund, dividend income, if any, income from securities loans, if any and realized capital gains and losses on the Funds assets, less all expenses and liabilities of the Fund chargeable against income. Interest income shall include discount earned, including both original issue and market discount, on discount paper accrued ratably to the date of maturity. Expenses, including the compensation payable to the Adviser, are accrued each day. The expenses and liabilities of the Fund shall include those appropriately allocable to the Fund as well as a share of the general expenses and liabilities of the Trust in proportion to the Funds share of the total net assets of the Trust.
TAXES .
Information set forth in the prospectuses that relates to U.S. federal income taxation is only a summary of certain key U.S. federal income tax considerations generally affecting purchasers of shares of the Fund. The following is only a summary of certain additional income and excise tax considerations generally affecting the Fund and its shareholders that are not described in the prospectuses. No attempt has been made to present a complete explanation of the U.S. federal tax treatment of the Fund or the implications to shareholders and the discussions here and in the Funds prospectus are not intended as substitutes for careful tax planning. Accordingly, potential purchasers of shares of the Fund are urged to consult their tax advisers with specific reference to their own tax circumstances. Special tax considerations may apply to certain types of investors subject to special treatment under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), (including, for example, insurance companies, banks and tax-exempt organizations). In addition, the tax discussion in the prospectuses and this SAI is based on tax laws in effect on the date of the prospectuses and this SAI; such law and regulations may be changed by legislative, judicial, or administrative action, sometimes with retroactive effect.
Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company.
The Fund intends to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. As a regulated investment company, the Fund is not subject to federal income tax on the portion of its net investment income ( i.e. , taxable interest, dividends and other taxable ordinary income, net of expenses) and capital gain net income ( i.e. , the excess of capital gains over capital losses) that it distributes to shareholders, provided that it distributes at least 90% of its investment company taxable income ( i.e. , net investment income and the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss) and at least 90% of its tax-exempt income (net of expenses allocable thereto) for the taxable year (the Distribution Requirement) and satisfies certain other requirements of the Code that are described below. Distributions by the Fund made during the taxable year or, under specified circumstances, within twelve months after the close of the taxable year, will be considered distributions of income and gains for the taxable year and will therefore count toward satisfaction of the Distribution Requirement.
Under Code Sections 382 and 383, if the Fund has an ownership change, then the Funds use of its capital loss carryforwards in any year following the ownership change will be limited to an amount equal to the NAV of the Fund immediately prior to the ownership change multiplied by the long-term tax-exempt rate (which is published monthly by the IRS) in effect for the month in which the ownership change occurs. The Fund will use its best efforts to avoid having an ownership change. However, because of circumstances that may be beyond the control or knowledge of the Fund, there can be no assurance that the Fund will not have, or has not already had, an ownership change. If the Fund has or has had an ownership change, then the Fund will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes on any capital gain net income for any year following the ownership change in excess of the annual limitation on the capital loss carryforwards unless distributed by the Fund. Any distributions of such capital gain net income will be taxable to shareholders as described under Fund Distributions below. A table that summarizes the approximate capital loss carryforwards for the Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund is not included as the Fund is new.
In addition to satisfying the Distribution Requirement, a regulated investment company must derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies (to the extent such currency gains are directly related to the regulated investment companys principal business of investing in stock or securities), other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures, or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities, or currencies and net income from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships (the Income Requirement).
In general, gain or loss recognized by the Fund on the disposition of an asset will be a capital gain or loss. In addition, gain will be recognized as a result of certain constructive sales, including short sales against the box. However, gain recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation purchased by the Fund at a market discount (generally, at a price less than its principal amount) will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of the market discount that accrued while the Fund held the debt obligation. In addition, under the rules of Code Section 988, gain or loss recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation denominated in a foreign currency or an option with respect thereto, and gain or loss recognized on the disposition of a foreign currency forward contract, futures contract, option or similar financial instrument, or of foreign currency itself, except for regulated futures contracts or non-equity options subject to Code Section 1256 (unless the Fund elects otherwise), generally will be treated as ordinary income or loss to the extent attributable to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.
Further, the Code also treats as ordinary income a portion of the capital gain attributable to a transaction where substantially all of the expected return is attributable to the time value of the Funds net investment in the transaction and: (1) the transaction consists of the acquisition of property by the Fund and a contemporaneous contract to sell substantially identical property in the future; (2) the transaction is a straddle within the meaning of Section 1092 of the Code; (3) the transaction is one that was marketed or sold to the Fund on the basis that it would have the economic characteristics of a loan but the interest-like return would be taxed as capital gain; or (4) the transaction is described as a conversion transaction in the Treasury Regulations. The amount of such gain that is treated as ordinary income generally will not exceed the amount of the interest that would have accrued on the net investment for the relevant period at a yield equal to 120% of the applicable federal rate, reduced by the sum of: (1) prior inclusions of ordinary income items from the conversion transaction and (2) the capitalized interest on acquisition indebtedness under Code Section 263(g), among other amounts. However, if the Fund has a built-in loss with respect to a position that becomes a part of a conversion transaction, the character of such loss will be preserved
upon a subsequent disposition or termination of the position. No authority exists that indicates that the character of the income treated as ordinary under this rule will not pass through to the Funds shareholders.
In general, for purposes of determining whether capital gain or loss recognized by the Fund on the disposition of an asset is long-term or short-term, the holding period of the asset may be affected if (1) the asset is used to close a short sale (which includes for certain purposes the acquisition of a put option) or is substantially identical to another asset so used, (2) the asset is otherwise held by the Fund as part of a straddle (which term generally excludes a situation where the asset is stock and Fund grants a qualified covered call option (which, among other things, must not be deep-in-the-money) with respect thereto), or (3) the asset is stock and the Fund grants an in-the-money qualified covered call option with respect thereto. In addition, the Fund may be required to defer the recognition of a loss on the disposition of an asset held as part of a straddle to the extent of any unrecognized gain on the offsetting position.
Any gain recognized by the Fund on the lapse of, or any gain or loss recognized by the Fund from a closing transaction with respect to, an option written by the Fund will be treated as a short-term capital gain or loss.
Certain transactions that may be engaged in by the Fund (such as regulated futures contracts, certain foreign currency contracts and options on stock indexes and futures contracts) will be subject to special tax treatment as Section 1256 Contracts. Section 1256 Contracts are treated as if they are sold for their fair market value on the last business day of the taxable year, even though a taxpayers obligations (or rights) under such Section 1256 Contracts have not terminated (by delivery, exercise, entering into a closing transaction, or otherwise) as of such date. Any gain or loss recognized as a consequence of the year-end deemed disposition of Section 1256 Contracts is taken into account for the taxable year together with any other gain or loss that was recognized previously upon the termination of Section 1256 Contracts during that taxable year. Any capital gain or loss for the taxable year with respect to Section 1256 Contracts (including any capital gain or loss arising as a consequence of the year-end deemed sale of such Section 1256 Contracts) generally is treated as 60% long-term capital gain or loss and 40% short-term capital gain or loss. The Fund, however, may elect not to have this special tax treatment apply to Section 1256 Contracts that are part of a mixed straddle with other investments of the Fund that are not Section 1256 Contracts.
Certain Funds may enter into notional principal contracts, including interest rate swaps, caps, floors and collars. Treasury Regulations provide, in general, that the net income or net deduction from a notional principal contract for a taxable year is included in or deducted from gross income for that taxable year. The net income or deduction from a notional principal contract for a taxable year equals the total of all of the periodic payments (generally, payments that are payable or receivable at fixed periodic intervals of one year or less during the entire term of the contract) that are recognized from that contract for the taxable year, all of the non-periodic payments (including premiums for caps, floors and collars) that are recognized from that contract for the taxable year and any termination payments that are recognized from that contract for the taxable year. No portion of a payment by a party to a notional principal contract is recognized prior to the first year to which any portion of a payment by the counterparty relates. A periodic payment is recognized ratably over the period to which it relates. In general, a non-periodic payment must be recognized over the term of the notional principal contract in a manner that reflects the economic substance of the contract. A non-periodic payment that relates to an interest rate swap, cap, floor, or collar is recognized over the term of the contract by allocating it in accordance with the values of a series of cash-settled forward or option contracts that reflect the specified index and notional principal amount upon which the notional principal contract is based (or under an alternative method provided in Treasury Regulations). A termination payment is recognized in the year the notional principal contract is extinguished, assigned, or terminated (i.e., in the year the termination payment is made).
The Fund may purchase securities of certain foreign investment funds or trusts that constitute passive foreign investment companies (PFICs) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the Fund invests in a PFIC, it has three separate options. First, it may elect to treat the PFIC as a qualified electing fund (a QEF), in which event the Fund will each year have ordinary income equal to its pro rata share of the PFICs ordinary earnings for the year and long-term capital gain equal to its pro rata share of the PFICs net capital gain for the year, regardless of whether the Fund receives distributions of any such ordinary earnings or capital gains from the PFIC. In order to make this election with respect to a PFIC in which it invests, the Fund must obtain certain information from the PFIC on an annual basis, which the PFIC may be unwilling or unable to provide. Second, the Fund that invests in marketable stock of a
PFIC may make a mark-to-market election with respect to such stock. Pursuant to such election, the Fund will include as ordinary income any excess of the fair market value of such stock at the close of any taxable year over the Funds adjusted tax basis in the stock. If the adjusted tax basis of the PFIC stock exceeds the fair market value of the stock at the end of a given taxable year, such excess will be deductible as ordinary loss in an amount equal to the lesser of the amount of such excess or the net mark-to-market gains on the stock that the Fund included in income in previous years. Solely for purposes of Code Sections 1291 through 1298, the Funds holding period with respect to its PFIC stock subject to the election will commence on the first day of the first taxable year beginning after the last taxable year for which the mark-to-market election applied. If the Fund makes the mark-to-market election in the first taxable year it holds PFIC stock, it will not incur the tax described below under the third option.
Finally, if the Fund does not elect to treat the PFIC as a QEF and does not make a mark-to-market election, then, in general, (1) any gain recognized by the Fund upon the sale or other disposition of its interest in the PFIC or any excess distribution received by the Fund from the PFIC will be allocated ratably over the Funds holding period of its interest in the PFIC stock, (2) the portion of such gain or excess distribution so allocated to the year in which the gain is recognized or the excess distribution is received shall be included in the Funds gross income for such year as ordinary income (and the distribution of such portion by the Fund to shareholders will be taxable as a dividend, but such portion will not be subject to tax at the Fund level), (3) the Fund shall be liable for tax on the portions of such gain or excess distribution so allocated to prior years in an amount equal to, for each such prior year, (i) the amount of gain or excess distribution allocated to such prior year multiplied by the highest corporate tax rate in effect for such prior year, plus (ii) interest on the amount determined under clause (i) for the period from the due date for filing a return for such prior year until the date for filing a return for the year in which the gain is recognized or the excess distribution is received, at the rates and methods applicable to underpayments of tax for such period, and (4) the distribution by the Fund to its shareholders of the portions of such gain or excess distribution so allocated to prior years (net of the tax payable by the Fund thereon) will be taxable to the shareholders as a dividend.
A regulated investment company, in determining its investment company taxable income and net capital gain ( i.e. , the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) for any taxable year, may elect (unless it has made a taxable year election for excise tax purposes as discussed below, in which case different rules apply) to treat all or any part of certain net capital losses incurred after October 31 of a taxable year, and certain net ordinary losses incurred after October 31 or December 31 of a taxable year, as if they had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year.
In addition to satisfying the Income and Distribution Requirements described above, the Fund must satisfy an asset diversification test in order to qualify as a regulated investment company. Under this test, at the close of each quarter of the Funds taxable year, at least 50% of the value of the Funds assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies and securities of other issuers (provided that, with respect to each issuer, the Fund has not invested more than 5% of the value of the Funds total assets in securities of each such issuer and the Fund does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of each such issuer), and no more than 25% of the value of its total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies), two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses (other than securities of other regulated investment companies), or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships. Generally, an option (call or put) with respect to a security is treated as issued by the issuer of the security, not the issuer of the option. For purposes of asset diversification testing, obligations issued or guaranteed by certain agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, such as the Federal Agricultural Mortgage Corporation, the Federal Farm Credit System Financial Assistance Corporation, FHLB, FHLMC, FNMA, GNMA and SLMA, are treated as U.S. government securities.
The Fund may invest in futures contracts, options on futures contracts, ETFs and other similar investment vehicles that provide exposure to commodities such as gold or other precious metals, energy or other commodities. Income or gain, if any, from such investments may not be qualifying income for purposes of the Income Requirements and the Funds investments in such instruments may not be treated as an investment in a security for purposes of the asset diversification test.
If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a regulated investment company after taking into account cure provisions available for certain failures to so qualify (certain of which would result in the imposition of a tax on the
Fund), all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders and such distributions will be taxable to the shareholders as dividends to the extent of the Funds current and accumulated earnings and profits. Such distributions may be eligible for: (i) the dividends-received deduction, in the case of corporate shareholders; or (ii) treatment as qualified dividend income, in the case of non-corporate shareholders.
Excise Tax on Regulated Investment Companies.
A 4% non-deductible excise tax is imposed on a regulated investment company that fails to distribute in each calendar year an amount equal to 98% of its ordinary taxable income for the calendar year and 98.2% of its capital gain net income for the one-year period ended on October 31 of such calendar year (or, with respect to capital gain net income, at the election of a regulated investment company having a taxable year ending November 30 or December 31, for its taxable year (a taxable year election)). The balance of such income must be distributed during the next calendar year. For the foregoing purposes, a regulated investment company is treated as having distributed any amount on which it is subject to income tax for any taxable year ending in such calendar year and, if it so elects, the amount on which qualified estimated tax payments are made by it during such calendar year (in which case the amount it is treated as having distributed in the following calendar year will be reduced).
For purposes of calculating the excise tax, a regulated investment company: (1) reduces its capital gain net income (but not below its net capital gain) by the amount of any net ordinary loss for the calendar year, (2) excludes specified gains and losses, including foreign currency gains and losses and ordinary gains or losses arising as a result of a PFIC mark-to-market election (or upon the actual disposition of the PFIC stock subject to such election) incurred after October 31 of any year (or after the end of its taxable year if it has made a taxable year election) in determining the amount of ordinary taxable income for the current calendar year (and, instead, includes such specified gains and losses in determining the companys ordinary taxable income for the succeeding calendar year); and (3) applies mark to market provisions which treat property as disposed of on the last day of a taxable year as if the taxable year ended on October 31 (or on the last day of its taxable year if it has made a taxable year election). In addition, a regulated investment company may elect to determine its ordinary income for the calendar year without regard to any net ordinary loss (determined without respect to specified gains and losses taken into account in clause (2) of the preceding sentence) attributable to the portion of the such calendar year which is after the beginning of the taxable year which begins in such calendar year. Any amount of net ordinary loss not taken into account for a calendar year by reason of the preceding sentence will be treated as arising on the first day of the following calendar year.
The Fund intends to make sufficient distributions or deemed distributions of its ordinary taxable income and capital gain net income prior to the end of each calendar year to avoid liability for the excise tax. However, investors should note that the Fund may in certain circumstances be required to liquidate portfolio investments to make sufficient distributions to avoid excise tax liability.
Fund Distributions.
The Fund anticipates distributing substantially all of its investment company taxable income for each taxable year. Such distributions will be treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes and may be taxable to non-corporate shareholders as long-term capital gains (a qualified dividend), provided that certain requirements, as discussed below, are met. Dividends received by corporate shareholders and dividends that do not constitute qualified dividends are taxable as ordinary income. The portion of dividends received from the Fund that are qualified dividends generally will be determined on a look-through basis. If the aggregate qualified dividends received by the Fund are less than 95% of the Funds gross income (as specially computed), the portion of dividends received from the Fund that constitute qualified dividends will be reported by the Fund and cannot exceed the ratio that the qualified dividends received by the Fund bears to its gross income. If the aggregate qualified dividends received by the Fund equal at least 95% of its gross income, then all of the dividends received from the Fund will constitute qualified dividends.
No dividend will constitute a qualified dividend (1) if it has been paid with respect to any share of stock that the Fund has held for less than 61 days (91 days in the case of certain preferred stock) during the 121-day period (181-day period in the case of certain
preferred stock) beginning on the date that is 60 days (90 days in the case of certain preferred stock) before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend, excluding for this purpose, under the rules of Code Section 246(c), any period during which the Fund has an option to sell, is under a contractual obligation to sell, has made and not closed a short sale of, is the grantor of a deep-in-the-money or otherwise nonqualified option to buy, or has otherwise diminished its risk of loss by holding other positions with respect to, such (or substantially identical) stock; (2) if the noncorporate shareholder fails to meet the holding period requirements set forth in (1) with respect to its shares in the Fund to which the dividend is attributable; or (3) to the extent that the Fund (or shareholder, as applicable) is under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in property substantially similar or related to stock with respect to which an otherwise qualified dividend is paid.
Dividends received by the Fund from a foreign corporation may be qualified dividends if (1) the stock with respect to which the dividend is paid is readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S., (2) the foreign corporation is incorporated in a possession of the U.S. or (3) the foreign corporation is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the U.S. that includes an exchange of information program (and that the Treasury Department determines to be satisfactory for these purposes). The Treasury Department has issued guidance identifying which treaties are satisfactory for these purposes. Notwithstanding the above, dividends received from a foreign corporation that for the taxable year of the corporation in which the dividend was paid, or the preceding taxable year, is a PFIC will not constitute qualified dividends.
Distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations will qualify for the 70% dividends-received deduction (DRD) for corporate shareholders only to the extent discussed below. Distributions attributable to interest received by the Fund will not, and distributions attributable to dividends paid by a foreign corporation generally should not, qualify for the DRD.
Ordinary income dividends paid by the Fund with respect to a taxable year may qualify for the 70% DRD generally available to corporations (other than corporations such as S corporations, which are not eligible for the deduction because of their special characteristics, and other than for purposes of special taxes such as the accumulated earnings tax and the personal holding company tax) to the extent of the amount of dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations for the taxable year. No DRD will be allowed with respect to any dividend (1) if it has been received with respect to any share of stock that the Fund has held for less than 46 days (91 days in the case of certain preferred stock) during the 91-day period (181-day period in the case of certain preferred stock) beginning on the date that is 45 days (90 days in the case of certain preferred stock) before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend, excluding for this purpose under the rules of Code Section 246(c) any period during which the Fund has an option to sell, is under a contractual obligation to sell, has made and not closed a short sale of, is the grantor of a deep-in-the-money or otherwise nonqualified option (or an in-the-money qualified call option) to buy, or has otherwise diminished its risk of loss by holding other positions with respect to, such (or substantially identical) stock; (2) to the extent that the Fund is under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property; or (3) to the extent the stock on which the dividend is paid is treated as debt-financed under the rules of Code Section 246A. Moreover, the DRD for a corporate shareholder may be disallowed or reduced (1) if the corporate shareholder fails to satisfy the foregoing requirements with respect to its shares of the Fund or (2) by application of Code Section 246(b), which in general limits the DRD to 70% of the shareholders taxable income (determined without regard to the DRD and certain other items).
The Fund may either retain or distribute to shareholders its net capital gain for each taxable year. The Fund currently intends to distribute any such amounts. If net capital gain is distributed and reported as a capital gain dividend, it will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain, regardless of the length of time the shareholder has held his shares or whether such gain was recognized by the Fund prior to the date on which the shareholder acquired his shares. The Code provides, however, that under certain conditions only 50% (or, for stock acquired after September 27, 2010, and before January 1, 2012, none) of the capital gain recognized upon the Funds disposition of domestic qualified small business stock will be subject to tax.
Conversely, if the Fund elects to retain its net capital gain, the Fund will be subject to tax thereon (except to the extent of any available capital loss carryovers) at the corporate tax rates. If the Fund elects to retain its net capital gain, it is expected that the Fund also will elect to have shareholders of record on the last day of its taxable year treated as if each received a distribution of his pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each shareholder will
be required to report his pro rata share of such gain on his tax return as long-term capital gain, will receive a refundable tax credit for his pro rata share of tax paid by the Fund on the gain, and will increase the tax basis for his shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.
Distributions by the Fund that do not constitute ordinary income dividends, qualified dividends or capital gain dividends will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of (and in reduction of) the shareholders tax basis in its shares; any excess will be treated as gain from the sale of its shares, as discussed below.
Distributions by the Fund will be treated in the manner described above regardless of whether such distributions are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares of the Fund (or of another Fund). Shareholders receiving a distribution in the form of additional shares will be treated as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares received, determined as of the reinvestment date. In addition, if the NAV at the time a shareholder purchases shares of the Fund reflects undistributed net investment income, recognized net capital gain, or unrealized appreciation in the value of the assets of the Fund, distributions of such amounts will be taxable to the shareholder in the manner described above, although such distributions economically constitute a return of capital to the shareholder.
Ordinarily, shareholders are required to take distributions by the Fund into account in the year in which the distributions are made. However, dividends declared in October, November or December of any year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month will be deemed to have been received by the shareholders (and paid by the Fund) on December 31 of such calendar year if such dividends are actually paid in January of the following year. Shareholders will be advised annually as to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of distributions made (or deemed made) during the year.
Certain U.S. shareholders, including individuals and estates and trusts, are subject to an additional 3.8% Medicare tax on all or a portion of their net investment income, which should include dividends from the Fund and net gains from the disposition of shares of the Fund. U.S. shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding the implications of the additional Medicare tax resulting from an investment in the Fund.
The Fund will be required in certain cases to withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury backup withholding taxes at the applicable rate on ordinary income dividends, qualified dividends and capital gain dividends, and the proceeds of redemption of shares, paid to any shareholder (1) who has failed to provide a correct taxpayer identification number, (2) who is subject to backup withholding for failure to report the receipt of interest or dividend income properly, or (3) who has failed to certify to the Fund that it is not subject to backup withholding or is an exempt recipient (such as a corporation). Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a shareholders U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is furnished to the IRS and such shareholder makes a timely filing of an appropriate tax return or refund claim.
Sale or Redemption of Shares.
For the Fund, a shareholder will recognize gain or loss on the sale or redemption of shares of the Fund (including an exchange of shares of the Fund for shares of another Fund) in an amount equal to the difference between the proceeds of the sale or redemption and the shareholders adjusted tax basis in the shares. All or a portion of any loss so recognized may be disallowed if the shareholder purchases other shares of the same Fund within 30 days before or after the sale or redemption. In general, any gain or loss arising from (or treated as arising from) the sale or redemption of shares of the Fund will be considered capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares were held for longer than one year. Capital losses in any year are deductible only to the extent of capital gains plus, in the case of a noncorporate taxpayer, $3,000 of ordinary income.
If a shareholder (1) incurs a sales load in acquiring shares of the Fund, (2) disposes of such shares less than 91 days after they are acquired and (3) subsequently acquires, during the period beginning on the date of the disposition referred to in clause (2) and ending on January 31 of the calendar year following the calendar year that includes the date of such disposition, shares of the Fund or another Fund at a reduced sales load pursuant to a right acquired in connection with the acquisition of the shares disposed of, then the sales load on the shares disposed of (to the extent of the reduction in the sales load on the shares subsequently acquired) shall not be taken into account in determining gain or loss on such shares but shall be treated as incurred on the acquisition of the subsequently acquired shares.
Tax Shelter and Other Reporting Requirements
If a shareholder realizes a loss on the disposition of shares of the Fund of at least $2 million in any single taxable year, or at least $4 million in any combination of taxable years (for an individual shareholder) or at least $10 million in any single taxable year, or at least $20 million in any combination of taxable years (for a corporate shareholder), the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the applicability of this requirement in light of their individual circumstances.
Foreign Shareholders.
Taxation of a shareholder who, as to the United States, is a nonresident alien individual, foreign trust or estate, foreign corporation, or foreign partnership (foreign shareholder), depends on whether the income from the Fund is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by such shareholder.
If the income from the Fund is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, subject to the discussion below with respect to interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends, ordinary income dividends (including dividends that would otherwise be treated as qualified dividends to an applicable non-foreign shareholder) paid to such foreign shareholder will be subject to a 30% U.S. withholding tax (or lower applicable treaty rate) upon the gross amount of the dividend. Such foreign shareholder would generally be exempt from U.S. federal income tax, including withholding tax, on gains realized on the sale of shares of the Fund, capital gain dividends and amounts retained by the Fund that are designated as undistributed capital gains.
For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2014, U.S. withholding tax generally would not apply to amounts designated by the Fund as an interest-related dividend or a short-term capital gain dividend. The aggregate amount treated as an interest-related dividend for a year is limited to the Funds qualified net interest income for the year, which is the excess of the sum of the Funds qualified interest income (generally, its U.S.-source interest income) over the deductions properly allocable to such income. The aggregate amount treated as a short-term capital gain dividend is limited to the excess of the Funds net short-term capital gain over its net long-term capital loss (determined without regard to any net capital loss or net short-term capital loss attributable to transactions occurring after October 31; any such loss is treated as arising on the first day of the next tax year).
If the income from the Fund is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, then any dividends, and any gains realized upon the sale or redemption of shares of the Fund will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. citizens or domestic corporations.
In the case of foreign noncorporate shareholders, the Fund may be required to withhold backup withholding taxes at the applicable rate on distributions that are otherwise exempt from withholding tax (or taxable at a reduced treaty rate) unless such shareholders furnish the Fund with proper notification of their foreign status.
Dividends paid on shares of the Fund after June 30, 2014 and gross proceeds paid on redemption of the Funds shares after 2016, made to foreign financial institutions and certain other foreign entities will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% unless various certification, information reporting, due diligence and other applicable requirements (different from, and in addition to, those described above) are satisfied. Payments to a foreign financial institution generally will be subject to withholding unless, among other things, it enters into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to obtain information with respect to and report on accounts held by certain U.S.
persons or U.S. owned foreign entities, and to withhold on payments made to certain account holders. Payments to a foreign entity that is not a foreign financial institution generally will be subject to withholding if such entity or another non-financial foreign entity is the beneficial owner of the payment unless, among things, the beneficial owner or payee either certifies that the beneficial owner of the payment does not have any substantial United States owners or provides certain identifying information with respect to each of its substantial United States owners. Alternatively, such payments may be exempt from U.S. withholding pursuant to an intergovernmental approach whereby the government of a foreign country enters into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury providing for the collection and reporting of specified financial information. Payments that are taken into account as effectively connected income are not subject to these withholding rules. Foreign shareholders should consult their own tax advisers as to the applicability and consequences of this new legislation to them.
The tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty might be different from those described herein. Foreign shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund, including the applicability of foreign taxes.
Cost Basis Reporting.
The Fund is generally required by law to report to shareholders and the IRS on Form 1099-B cost basis information for shares of the Fund acquired on or after January 1, 2012, and sold or redeemed after that date. Upon a disposition of such shares, the Fund will be required to report the adjusted cost basis, the gross proceeds from the disposition, and the character of realized gains or losses attributable to such shares. These requirements do not apply to investments through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement plan. The cost basis of a share is generally its purchase price adjusted for dividend reinvestments, returns of capital, and other corporate actions. Cost basis is used to determine whether a sale or other disposition of the shares results in a gain or loss.
The Fund will permit shareholders to elect among several IRS-accepted cost basis methods to determine the cost basis in their shares. If a shareholder does not affirmatively elect a cost basis method, then the Funds default cost basis calculation method, which is currently the average cost method, will be applied to their account. Non-Covered shares (those shares purchased before January 1, 2012 and those shares that do not have complete cost basis information, regardless of purchase date) will be used first for any redemptions made after January 1, 2012, regardless of your cost basis method of election unless you have chosen the specific identification method and have designated covered shares (those purchased after January 1, 2012) at the time of your redemption. The cost basis method elected or applied may not be changed after the settlement date of a sale of shares.
If a shareholder holds shares through a broker, the shareholder should contact that broker with respect to the reporting of cost basis information.
Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding specific questions with respect to the application of the new cost basis reporting rules and, in particular, which cost basis calculation method to elect.
Effect of Future Legislation, Foreign, State and Local Tax Considerations.
The foregoing general discussion of U.S. federal income and excise tax consequences is based on the Code and the Treasury Regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein and any such changes or decisions may have a retroactive effect.
Rules of foreign, state and local taxation of ordinary income dividends, qualified dividends, and capital gain dividends from regulated investment companies may differ from the rules for U.S. federal income taxation described above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers as to the consequences of these and other foreign, state and local tax rules affecting an investment in the Fund.
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST .
Leadership Structure and Board of Trustees.
The Trust is governed by a Board of Trustees consisting of seven Trustees, six of whom are not interested persons of the Trust within the meaning of that term under the 1940 Act (the Independent Trustees). The Chair of the Board is an Independent Trustee, who functions as the lead Trustee. The Chair serves as liaison between the Board and its Committees, and the Funds investment adviser and other service providers. The Chair is actively involved in setting the Board meeting agenda, and participates on certain of the Boards Committees.
The following tables list the Trustees, their ages, position with the Trust, length of time served, principal occupations during the past five years and any directorships of other investment companies or companies whose securities are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or who file reports under that Act. Each Trustee oversees 16 portfolios in the Trust, one portfolio in The Victory Variable Insurance Funds and one portfolio in The Victory Institutional Funds, each a registered investment company that, together with the Trust, comprise the Victory Fund Complex. There is no defined term of office and each Trustee serves until the earlier of his or her resignation, retirement, removal, death, or the election of a qualified successor. Each Trustees address is c/o The Victory Portfolios, 3435 Stelzer Road, Columbus, Ohio 43219.
Independent Trustees.
Name and Age |
|
Position
|
|
Date
|
|
Principal Occupation
|
|
Other Directorships
|
David Brooks Adcock,
|
|
Trustee |
|
February 2005 |
|
Consultant (since 2006). |
|
FBR Funds (2011-2012). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nigel D. T. Andrews,
|
|
Vice Chair and Trustee |
|
August 2002 |
|
Retired. |
|
Carlyle GMS Finance, Inc. (since 2012); Chemtura Corporation (2000-2010); Old Mutual plc. (2002-2010); Old Mutual US Asset Management (since 2002). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E. Lee Beard,
|
|
Trustee |
|
February 2005 |
|
Consultant, The Henlee Group, LLC. (consulting) (since 2005). |
|
Penn Millers Holding Corporation (January 2011 to November 2011). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sally M. Dungan,
|
|
Trustee |
|
February 2011 |
|
Chief Investment Officer, Tufts University, since 2002. |
|
None. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David L. Meyer,
|
|
Trustee |
|
December 2008 |
|
Retired (since 2008); Chief Operating Officer, Investment & Wealth Management Division, PNC Financial Services Group (previously Mercantile Bankshares Corp.)(2002-2008). |
|
None. |
Name and Age |
|
Position
|
|
Date
|
|
Principal Occupation
|
|
Other Directorships
|
Leigh A. Wilson,
|
|
Chair and Trustee |
|
November 1994 |
|
Director, The Mutual Fund Directors Forum (since 2004). |
|
Chair (since 2013) and Director (since 2012 and March-October 2008), Caledonia Mining Corporation; Chair, Old Mutual Funds II (15 portfolios) (2005-2010); Trustee, Old Mutual Funds III (13 portfolios) (2007-2010). |
Interested Trustee.
Name and Age |
|
Position
|
|
Date
|
|
Principal Occupation
|
|
Other
|
David C. Brown,
|
|
Trustee |
|
May 2008 |
|
Chief Executive Officer (since 2013), Co-Chief Executive Officer, (2011-2103), President Investments and Operations (2010-2011) and Chief Operating Officer (2004-2011), Victory Capital Management Inc.; Chief Executive Officer (since 2013), Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. |
|
None. |
Mr. Brown is an Interested Person by reason of his relationship with Victory Capital Management Inc.
Experience and qualifications of the Trustees.
The following summarizes the experience and qualifications of the Trustees.
· David Brooks Adcock. Mr. Adcock served for many years as general counsel to Duke University and Duke University Health System, where he provided oversight to complex business transactions such as mergers and acquisitions and dispositions. He has served for more than 20 years as a public interest arbitrator for, among others, the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, the National Futures Association, FINRA and the American Arbitration Association. The Board believes that Mr. Adcocks knowledge of complex business transactions and the securities industry qualifies him to serve on the Board.
· Nigel D.T. Andrews. Mr. Andrews served for many years as a management consultant for a nationally recognized consulting company and as a senior executive at GE, including Vice President of Corporate Business Development, reporting to the Chairman, and as Executive Vice President of GE Capital. He also served as a Director and member of the Audit and Risk Committee of Old Mutual plc, a large publicly traded company whose shares are traded on the London Stock Exchange. Mr. Andrews is also the non-executive chairman of Old Mutuals U.S asset management business, where he also sits on the audit and risk committee. Mr. Andrews also serves as a Governor of the London Business School. The Board
believes that his experience in these positions, particularly with respect to oversight of risk and the audit function of public companies, qualifies him to serve as a Trustee.
· David C. Brown. Mr. Brown serves as Chief Executive Officer (since 2013) of Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Victory Capital Management Inc., the Funds investment adviser, and as such is an interested person of the Fund. Previously, he served as C o-Chief Executive Officer (2011-2013) , President Investments and Operations (2010-2011) and Chief Operating Officer (2004-2011) of the Adviser. The Board believes that his position and experience with the investment adviser, and his previous experience in the investment management business qualifies him to serve as a Trustee.
· E. Lee Beard. Ms. Beard, a certified public accountant, has served as the president, chief executive officer and director, and as a chief financial officer, of public, federally insured, depository institutions. As such, Ms. Beard is familiar with issues relating to audits of financial institutions. The Board believes that Ms. Beards experience as the chief executive officer of a depository institution and her knowledge of audit and accounting matters qualifies her to serve as a Trustee.
· Sally M. Dungan . Ms. Dungan, a Chartered Financial Analyst, has been in the investment and financial management business for many years. She currently serves as Chief Investment Officer for Tufts University, a position she has held since 2002, and previously served as Director of Pension Fund Management for Siemens Corporation (2000-2002), Deputy Chief Investment Officer and Senior Investment Officer of Public Markets of the Pension Reserves Investment Management Board of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (1995-2000) and Administrative Manager for Lehman Brothers (1990-1995). Ms. Dungan has served on boards, including their audit and investment committees, of public and private institutions. The Board believes Ms. Dungans extensive knowledge of the investment process and financial markets qualifies her to serve as a Trustee.
· David L. Meyer. For six years, Mr. Meyer served as chief operating officer, Investment Wealth Management Division of Mercantile Bankshares Corp (now PNC Financial Services Corp.). The Board believes that his experience, particularly as it related to the operation of registered investment companies, qualifies him to serve as a Trustee.
· Leigh A. Wilson. Mr. Wilson served for many years as Chief Executive Officer of Paribas North America and as such has extensive experience in the financial world. As a director of the Mutual Fund Directors Forum (MFDF), he is familiar with the operation and regulation of registered investment companies, and served on a MFDF steering committee created at the request of then-SEC Chairman William Donaldson to recommend best practices to independent mutual fund directors. He received the Small Fund Trustee of the Year award from Institutional Investor Magazine in 2006. The Board believes that this experience qualifies him to serve as a Trustee.
Committees of the Board .
The following standing Committees of the Board are currently in operation: Audit and Risk Oversight, Continuing Education, Investment, Service Provider, Board Governance and Nominating, and Agenda. In addition to these standing Committees, the Board may form temporary Special Committees to address particular areas of concern. In addition, a Committee may form a Sub-Committee to address particular areas of concern to that Committee.
The members of the Audit and Risk Oversight Committee, all of whom are Independent Trustees, are Mr. Meyer (Chair), Mr. Adcock, Ms. Beard, and Mr. Wilson. The primary purpose of this Committee is to oversee the Trusts accounting and financial reporting policies, practices and internal controls, as required by the statutes and regulations administered by the SEC, including the 1940 Act. The Committee also has overall responsibility for reviewing periodic reports with respect to compliance and enterprise risk, including operational risk and personnel. The Board has designated Mr. Meyer and Ms. Beard as its Audit Committee Financial Experts.
The members of the Continuing Education Committee are Mr. Meyer (Chair), Ms. Beard and Ms. Dungan. The function of this Committee is to develop programs to educate the Trustees to enhance their effectiveness as a Board and individually.
The members of the Investment Committee are Ms. Dungan (Chair), Mr. Andrews, and Mr. Wilson. The function of this Committee is to oversee the Funds compliance with investment objectives, policies and restrictions, including those imposed by law or regulation, and assists the Board in its annual review of the Funds investment advisory agreements.
The members of the Service Provider Committee are Ms. Beard (Chair), Mr. Adcock, Mr. Brown and Mr. Meyer. This Committee negotiates the terms of the written agreements with the Funds service providers, evaluates the quality of periodic reports from the service providers (including reports submitted by sub-service providers) and assists the Board in its review of the Funds service providers, other than the investment adviser and independent auditors.
The Board Governance and Nominating Committee consists of all of the Independent Trustees. Mr. Andrews currently serves as the Chair of this Committee. The functions of this Committee are: to oversee Fund governance, including the nomination and selection of Trustees; to evaluate and recommend to the Board the compensation and expense reimbursement policies applicable to Trustees; and periodically, to coordinate and facilitate an evaluation of the performance of the Board.
The Board Governance and Nominating Committee will consider nominee recommendations from Fund shareholders, in accordance with procedures established by the Committee. A Fund shareholder should submit a nominee recommendation in writing to the attention of the Chair of The Victory Portfolios, 3435 Stelzer Road, Columbus, Ohio 43219. The Committee (or a designated sub-committee) will screen shareholder recommendations in the same manner as it screens nominations received from other sources, such as current Trustees, management of the Fund or other individuals, including professional recruiters. The Committee need not consider any recommendations when no vacancy on the Board exists, but the Committee will consider any such recommendation if a vacancy occurs within six months after receipt of the recommendation. In administering the shareholder recommendation process, the Chair, in the Chairs sole discretion, may retain the services of counsel to the Trust or to the Independent Trustees, management of the Fund or any third party. The Committee will communicate the results of the evaluation of any shareholder recommendation to the shareholder who made the recommendation.
The Agenda Committee consists of the Chair of the Board and the Chair of each other Committee.
During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2013, the Board held ten meetings; the Audit and Risk Oversight Committee held four meetings ; the Investment Committee held five meetings; the Service Provider Committee held four meetings; and the Board Governance and Nominating Committee held four meetings. The Continuing Education Committee met informally during the fiscal year. In addition, several sub-committees and special committees met at various times during the fiscal year.
Board role in the oversight of risk.
In considering risks related to the Funds, the Board consults and receives reports from officers of the Funds and personnel of the Adviser, who are charged with the day-to-day risk oversight function. Matters regularly reported to the Board or a designated committee include certain risks involving the Funds investment portfolios, trading practices, operational matters, financial and accounting controls, and legal and regulatory compliance. The Board has delegated to the Audit and Risk Oversight Committee overall responsibility for reviewing reports relating to compliance and enterprise risk, including operational risk and personnel. The Board relies on the Investment Committee to review reports relating to investment risks, that is, risks to the funds resulting from pursuing the Funds investment strategies (e.g., credit risk, liquidity risk and market risk).
Fund ownership.
The following tables show the dollar ranges of Fund shares (and of shares of all series of the Victory Fund Complex) beneficially owned by the Trustees as of December 31, 2013. No Independent Trustee (or any immediate family
member) owns beneficially or of record an interest in the Adviser or Victory Capital Advisers, Inc. (the Distributor) or in any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Adviser or the Distributor (other than Funds in the Victory Funds Complex). As of January 31, 2014, the Trustees and officers as a group owned beneficially less than 1% of all classes of outstanding shares of the Fund.
Independent Trustees.
Trustee |
|
Dollar Range of Beneficial Ownership of Fund Shares |
|
Aggregate Dollar Range of Ownership
|
|
Mr. Adcock |
|
N/A |
|
Over $100,000 |
|
Mr. Andrews |
|
N/A |
|
Over $100,000 |
|
Ms. Beard |
|
N/A |
|
Over $100,000 |
|
Ms. Dungan |
|
N/A |
|
Over $100,000 |
|
Mr. Meyer |
|
N/A |
|
Over $100,000 |
|
Mr. Wilson |
|
N/A |
|
Over $100,000 |
|
Interested Trustee.
Trustee |
|
Dollar Range of Beneficial Ownership of Fund Shares |
|
Aggregate Dollar Range of Ownership
|
|
Mr. Brown |
|
N/A |
|
Over $100,000 |
|
Mr. Brown is an Interested Person by reason of his relationship with Victory Capital Management Inc.
Remuneration of Trustees and the Chief Compliance Officer.
The Victory Fund Complex will pay each Independent Trustee $132,000 per year for his or her services to the Funds in the Complex. The Independent Chair will be paid an additional retainer of $66,000 per year. The Board reserves the right to award reasonable compensation to any Interested Trustee.
The following tables indicate the compensation received by each Trustee and the Chief Compliance Officer from the Trust and from the Victory Fund Complex for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2013. As of October 31, 2013, there were 15 mutual funds in the Victory Fund Complex for which the Trustees listed below were compensated. The Trust does not maintain a retirement plan for its Trustees.
Independent Trustees.
Trustee |
|
Aggregate Compensation from the Trust |
|
Total Compensation from
|
|
||
Mr. Adcock |
|
$ |
120,712 |
|
$ |
132,000 |
|
Mr. Andrews |
|
120,712 |
|
132,000 |
|
||
Ms. Beard |
|
120,712 |
|
132,000 |
|
||
Ms. Dungan |
|
120,712 |
|
132,000 |
|
||
Trustee |
|
Aggregate Compensation from the Trust |
|
Total Compensation from
|
|
Mr. Meyer |
|
120,712 |
|
132,000 |
|
Mr. Wilson |
|
181,067 |
|
198,000 |
|
Interested Trustee.
Trustee |
|
Aggregate Compensation from the Trust |
|
Total Compensation from
|
|
Mr. Brown |
|
None |
|
None |
|
Mr. Brown is an Interested Person by reason of his relationship with Victory Capital Management Inc.
Chief Compliance Officer.
Chief Compliance Officer |
|
Aggregate Compensation from the Trust |
|
Total Compensation from
|
|
||
Edward J. Veilleux |
|
$ |
146,323 |
|
$ |
160,000 |
|
Deferred Compensation.
Each Trustee may elect to defer a portion of his or her compensation from the Victory Fund Complex in accordance with a Deferred Compensation Plan adopted by the Board (the Plan). Such amounts are invested in one or more Funds in the Victory Fund Complex offered under the Plan or a money market fund, as selected by the Trustee. The following table lists, as of December 31, 2013, the Trustees who have elected to defer a portion of his or her compensation from the Victory Fund Complex, the Victory Fund Complex Funds owned and the approximate dollar value of the deferred compensation.
Trustee |
|
Victory Fund |
|
Approximate Dollar Value
|
|
|
Mr. Adcock |
|
N/A |
|
$ |
180,047 |
|
Officers.
The officers of the Trust are elected by the Board of Trustees to supervise actively the Trusts day-to-day operations. The officers of the Trust, their ages, the length of time served, and their principal occupations during the past five years, are detailed in the following table. Each individual holds the same position with the other registered investment companies in the Victory Fund Complex, and each officer serves until the earlier of his or her resignation, removal, retirement, death, or the election of a successor. The mailing address of each officer of the Trust is 3435 Stelzer Road, Columbus, Ohio 43219-3035. Except for the Chief Compliance Officer, the officers of the Trust receive no compensation directly from the Trust for performing the duties of their offices. Citi Fund Services Ohio, Inc. (Citi) receives fees from the Trust for serving as the Funds sub-administrator, transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent and servicing agent.
Name and Age |
|
Position with
|
|
Date
|
|
Principal Occupation During Past 5 Years |
Michael Policarpo, II,*
|
|
President |
|
May
|
|
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (since 2013), Senior Managing Director (2010-2013) and Managing Director (2005-2010) of the Adviser; Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (since 2013), Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derrick A. MacDonald,
|
|
Vice
|
|
August
|
|
Managing Director of the Adviser, Fund Administration, Technology & Operations (since 2008); Global Business Director, Avery Dennison (2004-2008). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Christopher K. Dyer,
|
|
Secretary |
|
February
|
|
Director of Mutual Fund Administration, the Adviser. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jay G. Baris,
|
|
Assistant Secretary |
|
December
|
|
Partner, Morrison & Foerster LLP (since 2011); Partner, Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP. (1994-2011). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Christopher E. Sabato,
|
|
Treasurer |
|
May
|
|
Senior Vice President, Financial Administration, Citi Fund Services, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eric B. Phipps,
|
|
Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer and Identity Theft Officer |
|
August
|
|
Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer, CCO Services of Citi Fund Services Inc. (since 2006). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edward J. Veilleux,
|
|
Chief Compliance Officer |
|
October
|
|
President of EJV Financial Services (mutual fund consulting). |
*Mr. Policarpo has been an officer of the Funds since May 2006.
ADVISORY AND OTHER CONTRACTS .
Investment Adviser.
One of the Trusts most important contracts is with the Adviser, a New York corporation registered as an investment adviser with the SEC. The Adviser is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. (VCH). A majority interest in VCH is owned by Crestview Partners II, L.P. and its affiliated funds (together, Crestview) with a substantial minority interest owned by employees of the Adviser. As of December 31, 2013, the Adviser and its affiliates managed assets totaling in excess of $18.8 billion for numerous clients including large corporate and public retirement plans, Taft-Hartley plans, foundations and endowments, high net worth individuals and mutual funds.
The advisory fee for the Fund, as an annual percentage of its average daily net assets, is 1.25%.
The Advisory Agreement
VCM provides advisory services to the Fund pursuant to an Advisory Agreement dated as of August 1, 2013, as amended (the Advisory Agreement). Unless sooner terminated, the Advisory Agreement between the Adviser and the Trust, on behalf of the Fund, provides that it will continue in effect as to the Fund until December 31, 2014 and for consecutive one-year terms thereafter, provided that such renewal is approved at least annually by the Trustees or
by vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund (as defined under Additional InformationMiscellaneous) and, in either case, by a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to the Advisory Agreement, by votes cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Advisory Agreement is terminable as to the Fund at any time on 60 days written notice without penalty by a vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund, by vote of the Trustees, or as to all applicable Funds by the Adviser. The Advisory Agreement also terminates automatically in the event of any assignment, as defined by the 1940 Act.
The Advisory Agreement provide that the Adviser shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund in connection with the performance of the services pursuant thereto, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence on the part of the Adviser in the performance of its duties, or from reckless disregard by the Adviser of its duties and obligations thereunder.
Under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser may delegate a portion of its responsibilities to a sub-adviser. In addition, the agreements provide that the Adviser may render services through its own employees or the employees of one or more affiliated companies that are qualified to act as an investment adviser of the Fund provided all such persons are functioning as part of an organized group of persons, managed by authorized officers of the Adviser.
No advisory fees information is provided for the Fund since the Fund is new.
Portfolio Managers.
This section includes information about the Funds portfolio managers, including information concerning other accounts they manage the dollar range of Victory Fund shares they own and how they are compensated. No information is provided for the portfolio managers ownership of Fund shares since the Fund is new. The portfolio managers listed in the following table manage all of the other investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles and other accounts shown below as a team.
Other Accounts
Fund (Portfolio Management Team) |
|
Number of Other Accounts
|
|
Number of Other Accounts
|
Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund
|
|
|
|
|
Other Investment Companies |
|
1 ($169.5 million) |
|
None |
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
|
8 ($122.8 million) |
|
None |
Other Accounts |
|
15 ($929.4 million) |
|
None |
* Rounded to the nearest tenth of a billion, or million, as relevant.
The Advisers portfolio managers are often responsible for managing one or more Victory Funds as well as other accounts, such as separate accounts, and other pooled investment vehicles, such as collective trust funds or unregistered hedge funds. A portfolio manager may manage other accounts which have materially higher fee arrangements than the Fund and may also, in the future, have a performance-based fee. The side-by-side management of the Fund along with other accounts may raise potential conflicts of interest relating to the allocation of investment opportunities and the aggregation and allocation of trades. In addition, certain trading practices, such as cross-trading between the Fund or between the Fund and another account, raise conflict of interest issues. The Fund and the Adviser have policies and procedures in place, including the Advisers internal review process and oversight by the Board of Trustees, that are intended to mitigate those conflicts.
Fund Ownership
Portfolio Manager |
|
Fund |
|
Dollar Range of Shares
|
Ms. Lindsay |
|
Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund |
|
None |
Ms. Kuo |
|
Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund |
|
None |
Mr. Lindland |
|
Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund |
|
None |
Compensation
The Funds portfolio managers each receives a base salary plus an annual incentive bonus for managing the Fund, other investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles and other accounts (including other accounts for which the Adviser receives a performance fee). A managers base salary is dependent on the managers level of experience and expertise. The Adviser monitors each managers base salary relative to salaries paid for similar positions with peer firms by reviewing data provided by various consultants that specialize in competitive salary information.
A portfolio managers annual incentive bonus is based on the managers investment performance results. The Adviser establishes a target incentive for each portfolio manager based on the managers level of experience and expertise in the managers investment style. This target is set at a percentage of base salary, generally ranging from 40% to 150%. Individual performance is based on objectives established annually during the first quarter of the fiscal year and are utilized to determine incentive award allocation within the team. Individual performance metrics include portfolio structure and positioning, research, stock selection, asset growth, client retention, presentation skills, marketing to prospective clients and contribution to Victorys philosophy and values, such as leadership, risk management and teamwork. Investment performance is based on investment performance of each portfolio managers portfolio or Fund relative to a selected peer group(s), and is assigned a 50% - 100% weighting. The overall performance results of the Fund and all similarly-managed investment companies, pooled investment vehicles and other accounts are compared to the performance information of a peer group of similarly-managed competitors, as supplied by third party analytical agencies. The managers performance versus the peer group then determines the final incentive amount, which generally ranges from zero to 150% of the target, depending on results. For example, performance in an upper decile may result in an incentive bonus that is 150% of the target while below-average performance may result in an incentive bonus as low as zero. Performance results for a manager are based on the composite performance of all accounts managed by that manager on a combination of one, three and five year rolling performance.
In addition to the compensation described above, each of the Funds portfolio managers may earn additional incentive compensation based on a percentage of the revenue to the Adviser attributable to fees paid by all investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles and other accounts that employ strategies similar to those employed by their respective Fund(s).
The Funds portfolio managers may participate in VCHs equity ownership plan. There is an ongoing annual equity pool granted to certain employees based on their contribution to the firm. Eligibility for participation in these incentive programs depends on the managers performance and seniority. The following portfolio managers are equity owners in the firm: Ms. Lindsay, Ms. Kuo and Mr. Lindland.
Code of Ethics.
Each of the Trust, the Adviser and the Distributor has adopted a Code of Ethics. The Adviser Code of Ethics applies to all Access Personnel (the Advisers directors and officers and employees with investment advisory duties) and all Supervised Personnel (all of the Advisers directors, officers and employees). Each Code of Ethics provides that Access Personnel must refrain from certain trading practices. Each Code also requires all Access Personnel (and, in the Adviser Code, all Supervised Personnel) to report certain personal investment activities, including, but not limited to, purchases or sales of securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund. Violations of any Code of Ethics can result in penalties, suspension, or termination of employment.
Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.
In accordance with the 1940 Act, the Trust has adopted policies and procedures for voting proxies related to equity securities that the Funds hold (the Proxy Voting Policy). The Trusts Proxy Voting Policy is designed to: (i) ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of shareholders of the Funds with a view toward maximizing the value of their investments; (ii) address conflicts of interests between these shareholders, on the one hand, and affiliates of the Fund, the Adviser or the Distributor, on the other, that may arise regarding the voting of proxies; and (iii) provide for the disclosure of the Funds proxy voting records and the Proxy Voting Policy.
The Proxy Voting Policy delegates to the Adviser the obligation to vote the Funds proxies in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders, subject to oversight by the Board. To assist the Adviser in making proxy-voting decisions, the Adviser has adopted a Proxy Voting Policy (Policy) that establishes voting guidelines (Proxy Voting Guidelines) with respect to certain recurring issues. The Policy is reviewed on an annual basis by the Advisers Proxy Committee (Proxy Committee) and revised when the Committee determines that a change is appropriate. The Board annually reviews the Trusts Proxy Voting Policy and the Advisers Policy and determines whether amendments are necessary or advisable.
Voting under the Advisers Policy may be executed through administrative screening per established guidelines with oversight by the Proxy Committee or upon vote by a quorum of the Proxy Committee. The Adviser delegates to Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS), an independent service provider, the non-discretionary administration of proxy voting for the Trust, subject to oversight by the Advisers Proxy Committee. In no circumstances shall ISS have the authority to vote proxies except in accordance with standing or specific instructions given to it by the Adviser.
The Adviser votes proxies in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders. This entails voting client proxies with the objective of increasing the long-term economic value of Fund assets. The Advisers Proxy Committee determines how proxies are voted by following established guidelines, which are intended to assist in voting proxies and are not considered rigid rules. The Proxy Committee is directed to apply the guidelines as appropriate. On occasion, however, a contrary vote may be warranted when such action is in the best interests of the Funds or if required by the Board or the Funds Proxy Voting Policy. In such cases, the Adviser may consider, among other things:
· the effect of the proposal on the underlying value of the securities
· the effect on marketability of the securities
· the effect of the proposal on future prospects of the issuer
· the composition and effectiveness of the issuers board of directors
· the issuers corporate governance practices
· the quality of communications from the issuer to its shareholders
The Adviser may also take into account independent third-party, general industry guidance or other corporate governance review sources when making decisions. It may additionally seek guidance from other senior internal sources with special expertise on a given topic where it is appropriate. The investment teams opinion concerning the management and prospects of the issuer may be taken into account in determining whether a vote for or against a proposal is in a Funds best interests. Insufficient information, onerous requests or vague, ambiguous wording may indicate that a vote against a proposal is appropriate, even when the general principal appears to be reasonable.
Occasionally, conflicts of interest arise between the Advisers interests and those of a Fund or another client. When this occurs, the Proxy Committee must document the nature of the conflict and vote the proxy in accordance with the Proxy Voting Guidelines unless such guidelines are judged by the Proxy Committee to be inapplicable to the proxy matter at issue. In the event that the Proxy Voting Guidelines are inapplicable or do not mitigate the conflict, the Adviser will seek the opinion of the Advisers Chief Compliance Officer or consult with an external independent adviser. In the case of a Proxy Committee member having a personal conflict of interest (e.g. a family member is on the board of the issuer), such member will abstain from voting. Finally, the Adviser reports to the Board annually any proxy votes that took place involving a conflict, including the nature of the conflict and the basis or rationale for the voting decision made.
The Funds Proxy Voting Policy provides that the Funds, in accordance with SEC rules, annually will disclose on Form N-PX the Funds proxy voting record. Information regarding how the Funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30th is updated each year by August 31st and is available without charge, upon request, by calling toll free 800 539-FUND (800 539 3863) or by accessing the SECs website at www.sec.gov.
Portfolio Transactions.
Fixed Income Trading. Fixed income and convertible securities are bought and sold through broker-dealers acting on a principal basis. These trades are not charged a commission, but rather are marked up or marked down by the executing broker-dealer. The Adviser does not know the actual value of the markup/markdown. However, the Adviser attempts to ascertain whether the overall price of a security is reasonable through the use of competitive bids.
Orders to buy or sell convertible securities and fixed income securities are placed on a competitive basis with a reasonable attempt made to obtain three competitive bids or offers. Exceptions are: (1) where the bid/ask spread is 5 basis points or less, provided the order is actually filled at the bid or better for sales and at the ask or better for purchases; (2) securities for which there are only one or two market makers; (3) block purchases considered relatively large; (4) swaps, a simultaneous sale of one security and purchase of another in substantially equal amounts for the same account, intended to take advantage of an aberration in a spread relationship, realize losses, etc.; and (5) purchases and/or sales of fixed income securities for which, typically, more than one offering of the same issue is unobtainable; subject to a judgment by the trader that the bid is competitive.
All Other Markets. Subject to the consideration of obtaining best execution, brokerage commissions generated from client transactions may be used to obtain services and/or research from broker-dealers to assist in the Advisers investment management decision-making process. These services and research are in addition to and do not replace the services and research that the Adviser is required to perform and do not reduce the investment advisory fees payable to the Adviser by the Fund. Such information may be useful to the Adviser in serving both the Fund and other clients and, conversely, such supplemental research information obtained by the placement of orders on behalf of other clients may be useful to the Adviser in carrying out its obligations to the Fund.
Brokerage commissions may never be used to compensate a third party for client referrals unless the client has directed such an arrangement. In addition, brokerage commissions may never be used to obtain research and/or services for the benefit of any employee or non-client entity.
It is the policy of the Adviser to obtain the best execution of its clients securities transactions. The Adviser strives to execute each clients securities transactions in such a manner that the clients total costs or proceeds in each transaction are the most favorable under the circumstances. Commission rates paid on securities transactions for client accounts must reflect comparative market rates.
In addition, the Adviser will consider the full range and quality of a brokers services in placing brokerage including, but not limited to, the value of research provided, execution capability, commission rate, willingness and ability to commit capital and responsiveness. The lowest possible commission cost alone does not determine broker selection.
The transaction that represents the best quality execution for a client account will be executed. Commission ranges and the actual commission paid for trades of listed stocks and over-the-counter stocks may vary depending on, but not limited to, the liquidity and volatility of the stock and services provided to the Adviser by the broker.
The Adviser will make a good faith determination that the commissions paid are reasonable in relationship to the value of the services received. The continuous review of commissions is the responsibility of the head of equity trading. Quarterly, the Advisers research analysts and portfolio managers will participate in a broker vote. The Advisers Equity Trading Desk will utilize the vote results during the broker selection process. Some brokers executing trades for the Advisers clients may, from time to time, receive liquidity rebates in connection with the routing of trades to Electronic Communications Networks. As the Adviser is not a broker, however, it is ineligible to receive such rebates and does not obtain direct benefits for its clients from this broker practice.
Investment decisions for the Fund are made independently from those made for the other Victory Funds or any other investment company or account managed by the Adviser. Such other investment companies or accounts may also invest in the same securities and may follow similar investment strategies as the Fund. The Adviser may combine transaction orders (bunching or blocking trades) for more than one client account where such action appears to be equitable and potentially advantageous for each account ( e.g. , for the purpose of reducing brokerage commissions or obtaining a more favorable transaction price.) The Adviser will aggregate transaction orders only if it believes that the aggregation is consistent with its duty to seek best execution for its clients and is consistent with the terms of investment advisory agreements with each client for whom trades are being aggregated. Both equity and fixed-income securities may be aggregated. When making such a combination of transaction orders for a new issue or secondary market trade in an equity security, the Adviser adheres to the following objectives:
· Fairness to clients both in the participation of execution of orders for their account, and in the allocation of orders for the accounts of more than one client.
· Allocation of all orders in a timely and efficient manner.
In some cases, bunching or blocking trades may affect the price paid or received by the Fund or the size of the position obtained by the Fund in an adverse manner relative to the result that would have been obtained if only the Fund had participated in or been allocated such trades.
The aggregation of transactions for advisory accounts and proprietary accounts (including partnerships and other accounts in which the Adviser or its associated persons are partners or participants, and managed employee accounts) is permissible. No proprietary account may be favored over any other participating account and such practice must be consistent with the Advisers Code of Ethics.
Equity trade orders are executed based only on trade instructions received from portfolio managers by the trading desk. Portfolio managers may enter trades to meet the full target allocation immediately or may meet the allocation through moves in incremental blocks. Orders are processed on a first-come, first-served basis. At times, a rotation system may determine first-come, first-served treatment when the equity trading desk receives the same order for multiple accounts simultaneously. The Adviser will utilize a rotation whereby the Fund, even if aggregated with other orders, are in the first block(s) to trade within the rotation. To aggregate orders, the equity trading desk must determine that all accounts in the order will benefit. Any new trade that can be blocked with an existing open order may be added to the open order to form a larger block. The Adviser receives no additional compensation or remuneration of any kind as a result of the aggregation of trades. All accounts participating in a block execution receive the same execution price, an average share price, for securities purchased or sold on a trading day. Execution prices may not be carried overnight. Any portion of an order that remains unfilled at the end of a given day shall be rewritten (absent contrary instructions) on the following day as a new order. Accounts with trades executed the next day will receive a new daily average price to be determined at the end of the following day.
If the order is filled in its entirety, securities purchased in the aggregate transaction will be allocated among accounts participating in the trade in accordance with an Allocation Statement prepared at the time of order entry. If the order is partially filled, the securities will be allocated pro rata based on the Allocation Statement. Portfolio managers may allocate executed trades in a different manner than indicated on the Allocation Statement ( e.g. , non-pro rata) only if all client accounts receive fair and equitable treatment.
In some instances, it may not be practical to complete the Allocation Statement prior to the placement of the order. In that case, the trading desk will complete the Allocation Statement as soon as practicable, but no later than the end of the same business day on which the securities have been allocated to the trading desk by the broker.
Where the full amount of a block execution is not executed, the partial amount actually executed will be allocated on a pro rata basis whenever possible. The following execution methods maybe used in place of a pro rata procedure: relative size allocations, security position weighting, priority for specialized accounts, or a special allocation based on compliance approval.
After the proper allocation has been completed, excess shares must be sold in the secondary market, and may not be reallocated to another managed account.
In making investment decisions for the Fund, the Adviser will not inquire or take into consideration whether an issuer of securities proposed for purchase or sale by the Fund is a customer of the Adviser, its parents, subsidiaries or affiliates, and, in dealing with their commercial customers, the Adviser, its parents, subsidiaries and affiliates will not inquire or take into consideration whether securities of such customers are held by the Fund.
No brokerage commission information for the Fund is provided since the Fund is new.
Affiliated Brokerage. The Board has authorized the allocation of brokerage to affiliated broker-dealers on an agency basis to effect portfolio transactions. The Board has adopted procedures incorporating the standards of Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act, which require that the commission paid to affiliated broker-dealers must be reasonable and fair compared to the commission, fee or other remuneration received, or to be received, by other broker-dealers in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities during a comparable period of time.
The Trust will not acquire portfolio securities issued by, make savings deposits in, or enter into repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements with the Adviser, KeyBank or their affiliates, or Citi or its affiliates and will not give preference to KeyBanks correspondent banks or affiliates, or Citi with respect to such transactions, securities, savings deposits, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements. From time to time, when determined by the Adviser to be advantageous to the Fund, the Adviser may execute portfolio transactions through affiliated broker-dealers. All such transactions must be completed in accordance with procedures approved by the Board. The percentage of trades executed through an affiliated broker-dealer for the Fund may be higher relative to trades executed by unaffiliated dealers, so long as the trades executed by the affiliated broker-dealer are consistent with best execution.
No payments were made to any affiliated brokers as of the date of this Statement of Additional Information with respect to the Fund since the Fund is new.
Allocation of Brokerage in Connection with Research Services . The Adviser, through agreements or understandings with brokers, or otherwise through an internal allocation procedure, may direct brokerage transactions of the Fund to brokers because of research services provided. No such information is provided for the Fund since the Fund is new.
Securities of Regular Brokers or Dealers. The SEC requires the Trust to provide certain information for any Victory Funds that held securities of their regular brokers or dealers (or their parents) during the Trusts most recent fiscal year. No such information is provided for the Fund since the Fund is new.
Portfolio Turnover.
The portfolio turnover rates stated in the prospectuses are calculated by dividing the lesser of the Funds purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the year by the monthly average value of the portfolio securities. The calculation excludes all securities whose maturities, at the time of acquisition, were one year or less. Portfolio turnover is calculated on the basis of the Fund as a whole without distinguishing between the classes of shares issued. No portfolio turnover information is provided for the Fund since the Fund is new.
Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings
The Board has adopted policies with respect to the disclosure of the Funds portfolio holdings by the Fund, the Adviser, or their affiliates. These policies provide that the Funds portfolio holdings information generally may not be disclosed to any party prior to the information becoming public. Certain limited exceptions are described below. These policies apply to disclosures to all categories of persons, including individual investors, institutional investors, intermediaries who sell shares of the Fund, third parties providing services to the Fund (accounting agent, print vendors, etc.), rating and ranking organizations (Lipper, Morningstar, etc.) and affiliated persons of the Fund.
The Trusts Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for monitoring the Funds compliance with these policies and for providing regular reports (at least annually) to the Board regarding the adequacy and effectiveness of the policy and recommend changes, if necessary.
Non-Public Disclosures
The Adviser may authorize the disclosure of non-public portfolio holdings information under certain limited circumstances. The Trusts policies provide that non-public disclosures of the Funds portfolio holdings may only be made if: (i) the Fund has a legitimate business purpose (as determined by the President of the Trust) for making such disclosure; and (ii) the party receiving the non-public information enters into a confidentiality agreement, which includes a duty not to trade on the non-public information and describes any compensation to be paid to the Fund or any affiliated person of the Adviser or Distributor, including any arrangement to maintain assets in the Fund or in other investment companies or accounts managed by the Adviser or by any affiliated person of the Adviser or Distributor.
The Adviser will consider any actual or potential conflicts of interest between the Adviser and the Funds shareholders and will act in the best interest of the Funds shareholders with respect to any such disclosure of portfolio holdings information. If a potential conflict can be resolved in a manner that does not present detrimental effects to Fund shareholders, the Adviser may authorize release of portfolio holdings information. Conversely, if the potential conflict cannot be resolved in a manner that does not present detrimental effects to Fund shareholders, the Adviser will not authorize such release.
Ongoing Arrangements to Disclose Portfolio Holdings
As previously authorized by the Board and/or the Trusts executive officers, the Fund periodically discloses non-public portfolio holdings on a confidential basis to various service providers that require such information in order to assist the Fund in its day-to-day operations, as well as public information to certain ratings organizations. These entities are described in the following table. The table also includes information as to the timing of these entities receiving the portfolio holdings information from the Fund. In none of these arrangements does the Fund or any affiliated person of the Adviser or Distributor receive any compensation, including any arrangement to maintain assets in the Fund or in other investment companies or accounts managed by the Adviser or by any affiliated person of the Adviser or Distributor.
Type of Service Provider |
|
Name of Service Provider |
|
Timing of Release of
|
Adviser |
|
Victory Capital Management Inc. |
|
Daily |
Distributor |
|
Victory Capital Advisers, Inc. |
|
Daily |
International Custodian |
|
Citibank National Association |
|
Daily |
Fund Accountant |
|
Citi Fund Services Ohio, Inc. |
|
Daily |
Type of Service Provider |
|
Name of Service Provider |
|
Timing of Release of
|
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm |
|
Ernst & Young LLP |
|
Annual Reporting Period: within 15 business days of end of reporting period
|
Printer for Financial Reports |
|
Merrill Corporation |
|
Up to 30 days before distribution to shareholders |
Legal Counsel, for EDGAR filings on Forms N-CSR and Form N-Q |
|
Morrison & Foerster LLP |
|
Up to 30 days before filing with the SEC |
Ratings Agency |
|
Thompson Financial/Vestek |
|
Monthly, within 5 days after the end of the previous month |
Ratings Agency |
|
Lipper/Merrill Lynch |
|
Monthly, within 6 days after the end of the previous month |
Ratings Agency |
|
Lipper/general subscribers |
|
Monthly, 30 days after the end of the previous month |
Ratings Agency |
|
Morningstar |
|
Quarterly, 5 business days after the end of the previous quarter |
Financial Data Service |
|
Bloomberg L.P. |
|
Quarterly, 5 business days after the end of the previous quarter |
These service providers are required to keep all non-public information confidential and are prohibited from trading based on the information or otherwise using the information, except as necessary in providing services to the Fund.
There is no guarantee that the Funds policies on use and dissemination of holdings information will protect the Fund from the potential misuse of holdings by individuals or firms in possession of such information.
Administrative Services.
Victory Capital Management Inc. (VCM) serves as administrator to the Trust pursuant to an agreement dated July 1, 2006, as amended (the Administration and Fund Accounting Agreement). Citi serves as sub-administrator to the Trust pursuant to an agreement with VCM dated July 1, 2006, as amended (the Sub-Administration and Sub-Fund Accounting Agreement). As administrator, VCM supervises the Trusts operations, including the services that Citi provides to the Fund as sub-administrator, but excluding those that VCM supervises as investment adviser, subject to the supervision of the Board.
Under the Administration and Fund Accounting Agreement, for the administration and fund accounting services that VCM renders to the Trust, VCM is paid an annual fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, at the following annual rates based on the aggregate average daily net assets of the Trust and The Victory Variable Insurance Funds (VVIF): 0.108% of the first $8 billion in aggregate Trust and VVIF net assets, plus 0.078% of aggregate Trust and VVIF net assets in excess of $8 billion to $10 billion, plus 0.075% of aggregate Trust and VVIF net assets in excess of $10 billion to $12 billion, plus 0.065% of aggregate Trust and VVIF net assets in excess of $12 billion. VCM may periodically waive all or a portion of the amount of its fee that is allocated to the Fund in order to increase the Funds net income available for distribution to shareholders. In addition, the Trust and VVIF reimburse VCM for all of their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred as a result of providing the services under the Administration and Fund Accounting Agreement.
Except as otherwise provided in the Administration and Fund Accounting Agreement, VCM shall pay all expenses that it incurs in performing its services and duties as administrator. Unless sooner terminated, the Administration
and Fund Accounting Agreement will continue in effect for a period of three years and for consecutive one-year terms thereafter, provided that such continuance is ratified by the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund and, in either case, by a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Agreement or interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to the Agreement. The Administration and Fund Accounting Agreement provides that VCM shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or any loss suffered by the Trust in connection with the matters to which the Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from bad faith, willful misfeasance, negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Agreement.
Under the Administration and Fund Accounting Agreement, VCM coordinates the preparation, filing and distribution of amendments to the Trusts registration statement on Form N-1A, supplements to prospectuses and SAIs, and proxy materials in connection with shareholder meetings; drafts shareholder communications, including annual and semi-annual reports; administers the Trusts other service provider contracts; monitors compliance with investment restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act, the Funds investment objective, defined investment policies, and restrictions, tax diversification, and distribution and income requirements; coordinates the Funds service arrangements with financial institutions that make the Funds shares available to their customers; assists with regulatory compliance; supplies individuals to serve as Trust officers; prepares Board meeting materials; and annually determines whether the services that it provides (or the services that Citi provides as sub-administrator) are adequate and complete.
No information on fees paid to VCM under the Administration and Fund Accounting Agreement is provided for the Fund since the Fund is new.
Sub-Administrator.
Citi
Citi serves as sub-administrator to the Fund pursuant to an agreement with VCM dated July 1, 2006, as amended (the Sub-Administration and Sub-Fund Accounting Agreement). Citi assists in supervising all operations of the Fund (other than those performed by VCM either as investment adviser or administrator), subject to the supervision of the Board.
Under the Citi Sub-Administration and Sub-Fund Accounting Agreement, for the sub-administration services that Citi renders to the Trust and VVIF, VCM pays Citi an annual fee, computed daily and paid monthly, at the following annual rates: 0.05% of the first $8 billion of aggregate Trust and VVIF net assets; plus 0.02% of aggregate net assets of aggregate Trust and VVIF net assets from in excess of $8 billion to $12 billion; plus 0.01% of aggregate Trust and VVIF net assets in excess of $12 billion. Citi may periodically waive all or a portion of the amount of its fee that is allocated to the Fund in order to increase the net income of the Fund available for distribution to shareholders. In addition, the Trust and VVIF reimburse Citi for all of their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred as a result of providing the services under the Sub-Administration and Sub-Fund Accounting Agreement.
Unless sooner terminated, the Sub-Administration and Sub-Fund Accounting Agreement will continue in effect as to the Fund for a period of three years and for consecutive one-year terms thereafter, provided that such continuance is ratified by the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund and, in either case, by a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Agreement or interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to the Agreement. The Sub-Administration and Sub-Fund Accounting Agreement provides that Citi shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or any loss suffered by the Trust in connection with the matters to which the Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from bad faith, willful misfeasance, negligence, or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Agreement.
Under the Sub-Administration and Sub-Fund Accounting Agreement, Citi calculates Trust expenses and make disbursements; calculates capital gain and distribution information; registers the Funds shares with the states; prepares shareholder reports and reports to the SEC on Forms N-SAR and N-Q; coordinates dividend payments; calculates the Funds performance information; files the Trusts tax returns; supplies individuals to serve as Trust officers; monitors the Funds status as regulated investment companies under the Code; assists in developing portfolio compliance procedures; reports to the Board amounts paid under shareholder service agreements; assists with regulatory compliance; obtains, maintains and files fidelity bonds and Trustees and officers/errors and omissions insurance policies for the Trust; and assists in the annual audit of the Fund.
Distributor.
Victory Capital Advisers, Inc. (the Distributor), located at 4900 Tiedeman Road, 4 th Floor, Brooklyn OH 44144, serves as distributor for the continuous offering of the shares of the Funds pursuant to a Distribution Agreement between the Distributor and the Trust dated August 1, 2013, as amended (the Distribution Agreement). The Distributor is an affiliate of the Adviser. Unless otherwise terminated, the Distribution Agreement will remain in effect with respect to the Fund for two years and will continue thereafter for consecutive one-year terms, provided that the renewal is approved at least annually (1) by the Board or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund, and (2) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Distribution Agreement or interested persons of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Distribution Agreement will terminate in the event of its assignment, as defined under the 1940 Act. No underwriting commissions information for the Fund is provided since the Fund is new.
Transfer Agent.
Citi Fund Services Ohio, Inc., located at 3435 Stelzer Road, Columbus, Ohio 43219, serves as transfer agent for the Fund pursuant to a transfer agency agreement dated April 1, 2002, as amended. Under its agreement with the Victory Funds, Citi has agreed to (1) issue and redeem shares of the Fund; (2) address and mail all communications by the Fund to their shareholders, including reports to shareholders, dividend and distribution notices and proxy material for its meetings of shareholders; (3) respond to correspondence or inquiries by shareholders and others relating to its duties; (4) maintain shareholder accounts and certain sub-accounts; and (5) make periodic reports to the Board concerning the Funds operations.
Rule 12b-1 Distribution and Service Plans.
The Trust has adopted distribution and service plans in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (each a Rule 12b-1 Plan) on behalf of Class A and Class C shares. Rule 12b-1 provides in substance that a mutual fund may not engage directly or indirectly in financing any activity that is primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of such mutual fund except pursuant to a plan adopted by the fund under the Rule.
Class A Rule 12b-1 Plan. The Trust has adopted a Rule 12b-1 Plan pursuant to which Class A shares of (1) the Fund pay the Distributor a distribution and service fee of up to 0.25%. Under this Rule 12b-1 Plan, the Distributor may use Rule 12b-1 fees for: (a) costs of printing and distributing the Funds prospectus, SAI and reports to prospective investors in the Fund; (b) costs involved in preparing, printing and distributing sales literature pertaining to the Fund; (c) an allocation of overhead and other branch office distribution-related expenses of the Distributor; (d) payments to persons who provide support services in connection with the distribution of the Funds Class A shares, including but not limited to, office space and equipment, telephone facilities, answering routine inquiries regarding the Fund, processing shareholder transactions and providing any other shareholder services not otherwise provided by the Funds transfer agent; (e) accruals for interest on the amount of the foregoing expenses that exceed the distribution fee and the CDSCs received by the Distributor; and (f) any other expense primarily intended to result in the sale of the Funds Class A shares, including, without limitation, payments to salesmen and selling dealers at the time of the sale of such shares, if applicable, and continuing fees to each such salesmen and selling dealers, which fee shall begin to accrue immediately after the sale of such shares.
The Class A Rule 12b-1 Plan specifically recognizes that either the Adviser or the Distributor, directly or through an affiliate, may use its fee revenue, past profits, or other resources, without limitation, to pay promotional and administrative expenses in connection with the offer and sale of Class A shares of the Fund. In addition, this Rule 12b-1 Plan provides that the Adviser and the Distributor may use their respective resources, including fee revenues, to make payments to third parties that provide assistance in selling these Funds Class A shares, or to third parties, including banks, that render shareholder support services.
Class C Rule 12b-1 Plan. The Trust has adopted a Rule 12b-1 Plan, pursuant to which Class C shares of the Emerging Markets Small Cap Funds pays the Distributor a distribution and service fee of 1.00%. The Distributor may use Rule 12b-1 fees to pay for activities primarily intended to result in the sale of Class C shares, including but not limited to: (i) costs of printing and distributing a Funds prospectus, SAI and reports to prospective investors in the Fund; (ii) costs involved in preparing, printing and distributing sales literature pertaining to a Fund; and
(iii) payments to salesmen and selling dealers at the time of the sale of shares, if applicable, and continuing fees to each such salesman and selling dealers, which fee shall begin to accrue immediately after the sale of such shares. Fees may also be used to pay persons, including but not limited to the Funds transfer agent, any sub-transfer agents, or any administrators, for providing services to the Funds and their Class C shareholders, including but not limited to: (i) maintaining shareholder accounts; (ii) answering routine inquiries regarding a Fund; (iii) processing shareholder transactions; and (iv) providing any other shareholder services not otherwise provided by a Funds transfer agent. In addition, the Distributor may use the Rule 12b-1 fees paid under this Plan for an allocation of overhead and other branch office distribution-related expenses of the Distributor such as office space and equipment and telephone facilities, and for accruals for interest on the amount of the foregoing expenses that exceed the Distribution Fee and the CDSC received by the Distributor. Of the 1.00% permitted under the Plan, no more than the maximum amount permitted by the NASD Conduct Rules will be used to finance activities primarily intended to result in the sale of Class C shares.
Rule 12b-1 Plans. The amount of the Rule 12b-1 fees payable by any share class of a Fund under either of these Rule 12b-1 Plans is considered compensation and is not related directly to expenses incurred by the Distributor and neither Plan obligates a Fund to reimburse the Distributor for such expenses. The fees set forth under any Rule 12b-1 Plan will be paid by each such share class of a Fund to the Distributor unless and until the Plan is terminated or not renewed with respect to such Funds share class; any distribution or service expenses incurred by the Distributor on behalf of the Funds in excess of payments of the distribution fees specified above that the Distributor has accrued through the termination date are the sole responsibility and liability of the Distributor and not an obligation of any such Fund.
Each of the Rule 12b-1 Plans have been approved by the Board, including the Independent Trustees, at a meeting called for that purpose. As required by Rule 12b-1, the Board carefully considered all pertinent factors relating to the implementation of the Plans prior to their approval and determined that there was a reasonable likelihood that the Plans would benefit the Funds and shareholders of the applicable class. Additionally, certain support services covered under a Plan may be provided more effectively under the Plan by local entities with whom shareholders have other relationships or by the shareholders broker.
No payment of Rule 12b-1 fee information is provided for the Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund since the Fund is new.
Fund Accountant.
VCM serves as fund accountant for the Fund pursuant to the Administration and Fund Accounting Agreement. Citi serves as sub-fund accountant pursuant to the Sub-Administration and Sub-Fund Accounting Agreement, as amended.
VCM performs accounting services for the Fund, excluding those services that Citi performs as sub-fund accountant. The fund accountant calculates the Funds NAV, the dividend and capital gain distribution, if any, and the yield. The fund accountant also provides a current security position report, a summary report of transactions and pending maturities, a current cash position report, and maintains the general ledger accounting records for the Fund. The fees that VCM receives for administration and fund accounting services are described in the SAI section entitled Administrative Services Victory Capital Management. The fees that Citi receives for sub-administration and sub-fund accounting services are described in the SAI section entitled Administrator Citi.
Custodian.
General. Cash and securities owned by the Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund is held by Citibank, N.A. (Citibank), 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013 pursuant to a Global Custodial Services Agreement dated August 5, 2008. Under the Global Custodial Services Agreement, Citibank, N.A. (1) maintains a separate account or accounts in the name of the Fund; (2) makes receipts and disbursements of money on behalf of the Fund; (3) collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of portfolio securities; (4) responds to correspondence from security brokers and others relating to its duties; and (5) makes periodic reports to the Board concerning the Trusts operations.. Citibank may, with the approval of the Fund and at the custodians own expense,
open and maintain a sub-custody account or accounts on behalf of the Fund, provided that it shall remain liable for the performance of all of its duties under its respective custody agreement.
Foreign Custody. Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act, which governs the custody of investment company assets outside the United States, allows a mutual funds board of directors to delegate to a Foreign Custody Manager the selection and monitoring of foreign sub-custodian arrangements for the Trusts assets. Accordingly, the Board delegated these responsibilities to Citibank pursuant to the Global Custodial Services Agreement. As Foreign Custody Manager, Citibank must (a) determine that the assets of the Institutional Fund, the Institutional Select Fund and the Global Equity Fund held by a foreign sub-custodian will be subject to reasonable care, based on the standards applicable to custodians in the relevant market; (b) determine that the Trusts foreign custody arrangements are governed by written contracts in compliance with Rule 17f-5 (or, in the case of a compulsory depository, by such a contract and/or established practices or procedures); and (c) monitor the appropriateness of these arrangements and any material change in the relevant contract, practices or procedures. In determining appropriateness, Citibank will not evaluate a particular countrys investment risks, such as (a) the use of compulsory depositories, (b) such countrys financial infrastructure, (c) such countrys prevailing custody and settlement practices, (d) nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions, (e) regulation of the banking or securities industry, (f) currency controls, restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations, and (g) market conditions that affect the orderly execution of securities transactions or affect the value of securities. Citibank will provide to the Board quarterly written reports regarding the Trusts foreign custody arrangements.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
Ernst & Young LLP, 1900 Scripps Center, 312 Walnut Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202, serves as the Trusts independent registered public accounting firm.
Legal Counsel.
Morrison & Foerster LLP, 1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10104, is the counsel to the Trust.
Expenses.
The Fund bears the following expenses relating to its operations, including: taxes, interest, brokerage fees and commissions, fees of the Trustees, SEC fees, state securities qualification fees, costs of preparing and printing prospectuses for regulatory purposes and for distribution to current shareholders, outside auditing and legal expenses, advisory and administration fees, fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the custodian and transfer agent, certain insurance premiums, costs of maintenance of the Funds existence, costs of shareholders reports and meetings and any extraordinary expenses incurred in the Funds operations.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION .
Description of Shares.
The Trusts Trust Instrument authorizes the Trustees to issue an unlimited number of shares, which are units of beneficial interest, with a par value $0.001 per share. The Trust Instrument authorizes the Trustees to divide or redivide any unissued shares of the Trust into one or more additional series by setting or changing in any one or more aspects their respective preferences, conversion or other rights, voting power, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption.
Shares have no subscription or preemptive rights and only such conversion or exchange rights as the Trustees may grant in their discretion. When issued for payment as described in the prospectuses and this SAI, the Trusts shares will be fully paid and non-assessable. In the event of a liquidation or dissolution of the Trust, shares of the Fund are entitled to receive the assets available for distribution belonging to the Fund, and a proportionate distribution, based upon the relative asset values of the respective series, of any general assets not belonging to any particular series that are available for distribution.
Principal Holders of Securities.
No information on the Funds principal shareholders is provided as the Fund is new.
Shareholders of the Fund are entitled to one vote per share (with proportional voting for fractional shares) on such matters as shareholders are entitled to vote (share-based voting). Alternatively (except where the 1940 Act requires share-based voting), the Trustees in their discretion may determine that shareholders are entitled to one vote per dollar of NAV (with proportional voting for fractional dollar amounts). S hareholders of all series and classes will vote together as a single class on all matters except (1) when required by the 1940 Act or when the Trustees have determined that a matter affects one or more series or classes materially differently, shares shall be voted by individual series or class; and (2) when the Trustees have determined that the matter affects only the interests of a particular series or class , then only shareholders of such series or class shall be entitled to vote thereon.
There will normally be no meetings of shareholders for the purpose of electing Trustees unless and until such time as less than a majority of the Trustees have been elected by the shareholders, at which time the Trustees then in office will call a shareholders meeting for the election of Trustees. A meeting shall be held for such purpose upon the written request of the holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding shares. Upon written request by ten or more shareholders meeting the qualifications of Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act, ( i.e., persons who have been shareholders for at least six months and who hold shares having an NAV of at least $25,000 or constituting 1% of the outstanding shares) stating that such shareholders wish to communicate with the other shareholders for the purpose of obtaining the signatures necessary to demand a meeting to consider removal of a Trustee, the Trust will provide a list of shareholders or disseminate appropriate materials (at the expense of the requesting shareholders). Except as set forth above, the Trustees shall continue to hold office and may appoint their successors.
The Trust instrument permits the Trustees to take certain actions without obtaining shareholder approval, if the Trustees determine that doing so would be in the best interests of shareholders. These actions include: (a) reorganizing the Fund with another investment company or another series of the Trust; (b) liquidating the Fund; (c) restructuring the Fund into a master/feeder structure, in which the Fund (the feeder) would invest all of its assets in a separate master fund; and (d) amending the Trust Instrument, unless shareholder consent is required by law.
Rule 18f-2 under the 1940 Act provides that any matter required to be submitted to the holders of the outstanding voting securities of an investment company such as the Trust shall not be deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares, as defined under the 1940 Act, of each series affected by the matter. For purposes of determining whether the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund will be required in connection with a matter, the Fund will be deemed to be affected by a matter unless it is clear that the interests of the Fund and any other series in the matter are identical, or that the matter does not affect any interest of other series of the Trust.. Under Rule 18f-2, the approval of an investment advisory agreement or any change in investment policy would be effectively acted upon with respect to the Fund only if approved by a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund. However, Rule 18f-2 also provides that the ratification of independent accountants, the approval of principal underwriting contracts and the election of Trustees may be effectively acted upon by shareholders of the Trust voting without regard to series.
Shareholder and Trustee Liability.
The Delaware Statutory Trust Act provides that a shareholder of a Delaware statutory trust shall be entitled to the same limitation of personal liability extended to shareholders of Delaware corporations and the Trust Instrument provides that shareholders of the Trust shall not be liable for the obligations of the Trust. The Trust Instrument also provides for indemnification out of the trust property of any shareholder held personally liable solely by reason of his or her being or having been a shareholder. The Trust Instrument also provides that the Trust shall, upon request, assume the defense of any claim made against any shareholder for any act or obligation of the Trust and shall satisfy any judgment thereon. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is considered to be extremely remote.
The Trust Instrument states further that no Trustee, officer, or agent of the Trust shall be personally liable in connection with the administration or preservation of the assets of the Fund or the conduct of the Trusts business; nor shall any Trustee, officer, or agent be personally liable to any person for any action or failure to act except for his
own bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of his duties. The Trust Instrument also provides that all persons having any claim against the Trustees or the Trust shall look solely to the assets of the Trust for payment.
Financial Statements.
No audited financial statements are available for the Fund since the Fund is new.
Miscellaneous.
As used in the prospectuses and in this SAI, assets belonging to the Fund (or assets belonging to the Fund) means the consideration received by the Trust upon the issuance or sale of shares of the Fund, together with all income, earnings, profits and proceeds derived from the investment thereof, including any proceeds from the sale, exchange, or liquidation of such investments and any funds or payments derived from any reinvestment of such proceeds and any general assets of the Trust, which general liabilities and expenses are not readily identified as belonging to a particular series that are allocated to that series by the Trustees. The Trustees may allocate such general assets in any manner they deem fair and equitable. It is anticipated that the factor that will be used by the Trustees in making allocations of general assets to a particular series will be the relative NAV of each respective series at the time of allocation. Assets belonging to a particular series are charged with the direct liabilities and expenses in respect of that series and with a share of the general liabilities and expenses of each of the series not readily identified as belonging to a particular series, which are allocated to each series in accordance with its proportionate share of the NAVs of the Trust at the time of allocation. The timing of allocations of general assets and general liabilities and expenses of the Trust to a particular series will be determined by the Trustees and will be in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Determinations by the Trustees as to the timing of the allocation of general liabilities and expenses and as to the timing and allocable portion of any general assets with respect to a particular series are conclusive.
As used in the prospectuses and in this SAI, a vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund means the affirmative vote of the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the shares of the Fund present at a meeting at which the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are represented in person or by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund.
The Trust is registered with the SEC as an open-end management investment company. Such registration does not involve supervision by the SEC of the management or policies of the Trust.
The prospectuses and this SAI omit certain of the information contained in the registration statement filed with the SEC. Copies of such information may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the prescribed fee.
The prospectuses and this SAI are not an offering of the securities described in these documents in any state in which such offering may not lawfully be made. No salesman, dealer, or other person is authorized to give any information or make any representation other than those contained in the prospectus and this SAI.
APPENDIX A.
Description of Security Ratings
Set forth below are descriptions of the relevant ratings of each of the NRSROs. These NRSROs and the descriptions of the ratings are as of the date of this SAI and may subsequently change.
Moodys
Global Long-Term Ratings . Ratings assigned on Moodys global long-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risk of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of one year or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default. The following describes the global long-term ratings by Moodys.
Aaa Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.
Aa Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
A Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
Baa Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
Ba Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.
B Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
Caa Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
Ca Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
C Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
Medium-Term Note Program Ratings . Moodys assigns provisional ratings to medium-term note (MTN) programs and definitive ratings to the individual debt securities issued from them (referred to as drawdowns or notes). MTN program ratings are intended to reflect the ratings likely to be assigned to drawdowns issued from the program with the specified priority of claim (e.g. senior or subordinated). To capture the contingent nature of a program rating, Moodys assigns provisional ratings to MTN programs. A provisional rating is denoted by a (P) in front of the rating.
The rating assigned to a drawdown from a rated MTN or bank/deposit note program is definitive in nature, and may differ from the program rating if the drawdown is exposed to additional credit risks besides the issuers default, such as links to the defaults of other issuers, or has other structural features that warrant a different rating. In some circumstances, no rating may be assigned to a drawdown.
Moodys encourages market participants to contact Moodys Ratings Desks or visit www.moodys.com directly if they have questions regarding ratings for specific notes issued under a medium-term note program. Unrated notes issued under an MTN program may be assigned an NR (not rated) symbol.
Note: Moodys appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2
indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a (hyb) indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.
Global Short-Term Ratings . Ratings assigned on Moodys global short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risk of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments. The following describes Moodys global short-term ratings.
Moodys employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
P-1. Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-2. Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-3. Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.
NP. Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
Speculative Grade Liquidity Ratings. Moodys Speculative Grade Liquidity Ratings are opinions of an issuers relative ability to generate cash from internal resources and the availability of external sources of committed financing, in relation to its cash obligations over the coming 12 months. Speculative Grade Liquidity Ratings will consider the likelihood that committed sources of financing will remain available. Other forms of liquidity support will be evaluated and consideration will be given to the likelihood that these sources will be available during the coming 12 months. Speculative Grade Liquidity Ratings are assigned to speculative grade issuers that are by definition Not Prime issuers.
SGL-1 Issuers rated SGL-1 possess very good liquidity. They are most likely to have the capacity to meet their obligations over the coming 12 months through internal resources without relying on external sources of committed financing.
SGL-2 Issuers rated SGL-2 possess good liquidity. They are likely to meet their obligations over the coming 12 months through internal resources but may rely on external sources of committed financing. The issuers ability to access committed sources of financing is highly likely based on Moodys evaluation of near-term covenant compliance.
SGL-3 Issuers rated SGL-3 possess adequate liquidity. They are expected to rely on external sources of committed financing. Based on its evaluation of near-term covenant compliance, Moodys believes there is only a modest cushion, and the issuer may require covenant relief in order to maintain orderly access to funding lines.
SGL-4 Issuers rated SGL-4 possess weak liquidity. They rely on external sources of financing and the availability of that financing is, in Moodys opinion, highly uncertain.
Short-Term Obligation Ratings. While the global short-term prime rating scale is applied to U.S. municipal tax-exempt commercial paper, these programs are typically backed by external letters of credit or liquidity facilities and their short-term prime ratings usually map to the long-term rating of the enhancing bank or financial institution and not to the municipalitys rating. Other short-term municipal obligations, which generally have different funding sources for repayment, are rated using two additional short-term rating scales (i.e., the MIG and VMIG scales discussed below).
The Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) scale is used to rate U.S. municipal bond anticipation notes of up to three years maturity. Municipal notes rated on the MIG scale may be secured by either pledged revenues or proceeds of a take-out financing received prior to note maturity. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation,
and the issuers long-term rating is only one consideration in assigning the MIG rating. MIG ratings are divided into three levelsMIG 1 through MIG 3while speculative grade short-term obligations are designated SG.
MIG-1. This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
MIG-2. This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.
MIG-3. This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.
SG. This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.
Demand Obligation Ratings. In the case of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned: a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moodys evaluation of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moodys evaluation of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (demand feature). The second element uses a rating from a variation of the MIG scale called the Variable Municipal Investment Grade (VMIG) scale. The rating transitions on the VMIG scale, as shown in the diagram below, differ from those on the Prime scale to reflect the risk that external liquidity support generally will terminate if the issuers long-term rating drops below investment grade.
VMIG-1. This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
VMIG-2 . This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
VMIG-3 . This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
SG . This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
Standard & Poors
A Standard & Poors issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects Standard & Poors view of the obligors capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.
Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 daysincluding commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.
Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings . Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on Standard & Poors analysis of the following considerations:
· Likelihood of paymentcapacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;
· Nature of and provisions of the obligation, and the promise imputed by Standard & Poors;
· Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors rights.
Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)
AAA An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poors. The obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
A An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
BBB An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
BB, B, CCC, CC, and C Obligations rated BB, B, CCC, CC, and C are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
BB An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligors inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligors capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CCC An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CC An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The CC rating is used when a default has not yet occurred, but Standard & Poors expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.
C An obligation rated C is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared to obligations that are rated higher.
D An obligation rated D is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poors believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligations rating is lowered to D if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.
NR This indicates that no rating has been requested, or that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poors does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.
Plus (+) or minus (-) The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings . The following describes Standard & Poors short-term issue credit ratings.
A-1 A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poors. The obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
A-2 A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
A-3 A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B A short-term obligation rated B is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligors inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.
C A short-term obligation rated C is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
D A short-term obligation rated D is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poors believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligations rating is lowered to D if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.
Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings. The following describes Standard & Poors Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings.
A Standard & Poors U.S. municipal note rating reflects Standard & Poors opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, Standard & Poors analysis will review the following considerations:
· Amortization schedule the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and
· Source of payment the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.
SP-1. Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.
SP-2. Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.
SP-3. Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.
Active Qualifiers
L Ratings qualified with L apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.
p This suffix is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The p suffix indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only and that the interest is not rated.
pi Ratings with a pi suffix are based on an analysis of an issuers published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuers management and therefore may be based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a pi suffix. Ratings with a pi suffix are reviewed annually based on a new years financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuers credit quality.
prelim Preliminary ratings, with the prelim suffix, may be assigned to obligors or obligations, including financial programs, in the circumstances described below. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt by Standard & Poors of appropriate documentation. Standard & Poors reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Moreover, if a final rating is issued, it may differ from the preliminary rating.
· Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions.
· Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poors policies.
· Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon the obligors emergence from bankruptcy or similar reorganization, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation and discussions with the obligor. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligors. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or post-bankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s).
· Preliminary ratings may be assigned to entities that are being formed or that are in the process of being independently established when, in Standard & Poors opinion, documentation is close to final. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligations of these entities.
· Preliminary ratings may be assigned when a previously unrated entity is undergoing a well-formulated restructuring, recapitalization, significant financing or other transformative event, generally at the point that investor or lender commitments are invited. The preliminary rating may be assigned to the entity and to its proposed obligation(s). These preliminary ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the obligor, as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s), assuming successful completion of the transformative event. Should the transformative event not occur, Standard & Poors would likely withdraw these preliminary ratings.
· A preliminary recovery rating may be assigned to an obligation that has a preliminary issue credit rating.
t This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.
Fitch
International Long-Term Ratings
Investment Grade
AAA Highest credit quality. AAA ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA Very high credit quality. AA ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A High credit quality. A ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
BBB Good credit quality. BBB ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.
Speculative Grade
BB Speculative. BB ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists which supports the servicing of financial commitments.
B Highly speculative. B ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.
CCC, CC, C High levels of credit risk. CCC ratings indicates that default is a real possibility. CC ratings indicates that default of some kind appears probable. C ratings indicate that default is imminent or inevitable, or the issuer is in standstill. Conditions that are indicative of a C category rating for an issuer include:
a. the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation;
b. the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation; or
c. Fitch Ratings otherwise believes a condition of RD or D to be imminent or inevitable, including through the formal announcement of a distressed debt exchange.
RD Restricted default. RD ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings opinion has experienced an uncured payment default on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation but which has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and which has not otherwise ceased operating. This would include:
a. the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;
b. the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation;
c. the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; or
d. execution of a distressed debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.
D Default. D ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business.
Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a distressed debt exchange.
Imminent default typically refers to the occasion where a payment default has been intimated by the issuer, and is all but inevitable. This may, for example, be where an issuer has missed a scheduled payment, but (as is typical) has a grace period during which it may cure the payment default. Another alternative would be where an issuer has formally announced a distressed debt exchange, but the date of the exchange still lies several days or weeks in the immediate future.
In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agencys opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings, and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuers financial obligations or local commercial practice.
International Short-Term Ratings. The following describes Fitchs two highest short-term ratings:
F1. Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added + to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
F2. Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.
Notes to Long- and Short-term ratings:
The modifiers + or - may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the AAA Long-Term Issuer Default Ratings category, or to Long-Term Issuer Default Ratings categories below B.
NR A designation of Not Rated or NR is used to denote securities not rated by Fitch where Fitch has rated some, but not all, securities comprising an issuance capital structure.
Withdrawn The rating has been withdrawn and the issue or issuer is no longer rated by Fitch Ratings. Indicated in rating databases with the symbol WD.
Rating Watch Rating Watches indicate that there is a heightened probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such a change. These are designated as Positive, indicating a potential upgrade, Negative, for a potential downgrade, or Evolving, if ratings may be raised, lowered or affirmed. However, ratings that are not on Rating Watch can be raised or lowered without being placed on Rating Watch first, if circumstances warrant such an action.
A Rating Watch is typically event-driven and, as such, it is generally resolved over a relatively short period. The event driving the Watch may be either anticipated or have already occurred, but in both cases, the exact rating implications remain undetermined. The Watch period is typically used to gather further information and/or subject the information to further analysis. Additionally, a Watch may be used where the rating implications are already clear, but where a triggering event (e.g. shareholder or regulatory approval) exists. The Watch will typically extend to cover the period until the triggering event is resolved or its outcome is predictable with a high enough degree of certainty to permit resolution of the Watch.
Rating Watches can be employed by all analytical groups and are applied to the ratings of individual entities and/or individual instruments. At the lowest categories of speculative grade (CCC, CC and C) the high volatility of credit profiles may imply that almost all ratings should carry a Watch. Watches are nonetheless only applied
selectively in these categories, where a committee decides that particular events or threats are best communicated by the addition of the Watch designation.
Rating Outlook trends that have not yet reached the level that would trigger a rating action, but which may do so if such trends continue. The majority of Outlooks are generally Stable, which is consistent with the historical migration experience of ratings over a one- to two-year period. Positive or Negative rating Outlooks do not imply that a rating change is inevitable and, similarly, ratings with Stable Outlooks can be raised or lowered without a prior revision to the Outlook, if circumstances warrant such an action. Occasionally, where the fundamental trend has strong, conflicting elements of both positive and negative, the Rating Outlook may be described as Evolving.
Outlooks are currently applied on the long-term scale to issuer ratings in corporate finance (including sovereigns, industrials, utilities, financial institutions and insurance companies) and public finance outside the U.S.; to issue ratings in public finance in the U.S.; to certain issues in project finance; to Insurer Financial Strength Ratings; to issuer and/or issue ratings in a number of National Rating scales; and to the ratings of structured finance transactions and covered bonds. Outlooks are not applied to ratings assigned on the short-term scale and are applied selectively to ratings in the CCC, CC and C categories. Defaulted ratings typically do not carry an Outlook.
Registration Statement
of
THE VICTORY PORTFOLIOS
on
Form N-1A
PART C. |
|
OTHER INFORMATION |
|
|
|
Item 28. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibits: |
|
|
|
(a)(1) |
|
Certificate of Trust dated December 6, 1995.(6) |
|
|
|
(a)(2)(a) |
|
Delaware Trust Instrument dated December 6, 1995, as amended March 27, 2000.(2) |
|
|
|
(a)(2)(b) |
|
Schedule A to the Trust Instrument, current as of October 7, 2013.(6) |
|
|
|
(a)(2)(c) |
|
Schedule A to the Trust Instrument, current as of December 19, 2013.(filed herewith) |
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Bylaws, Amended and Restated as of August 26, 2009.(4) |
|
|
|
(c) |
|
The rights of holders of the securities being registered are set out in Articles II, VII, IX and X of the Trust Instrument referenced in Exhibit (a)(2)(a) above and in Article IV of the Bylaws referenced in Exhibit (b) above. |
|
|
|
(d)(1)(a) |
|
Investment Advisory Agreement dated August 1, 2013 between Registrant and Victory Capital Management Inc. (VCM or the Adviser).(6) |
|
|
|
(d)(1)(b) |
|
Schedule A to the Advisory Agreement dated August 1, 2013, current as of August 1, 2013.(6) |
|
|
|
(d)(1)(c) |
|
Schedule A to the Advisory Agreement dated August 1, 2013, current as of August 15, 2013.(6) |
|
|
|
(d)(1)(d) |
|
Schedule A to Advisory Agreement dated August 1, 2013, current as of October 23, 2013.(7) |
|
|
|
(d)(1)(e) |
|
Schedule A to Advisory Agreement dated August 1, 2013, current as of February 19, 2014.(filed herewith) |
|
|
|
(d)(2)(a) |
|
Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement dated August 1, 2013 between Registrant, the Adviser and KPB Investment Advisors LLC regarding the National Municipal Bond and Ohio Municipal Bond Funds.(6) |
|
|
|
(d)(2)(b) |
|
Schedule A to Sub-Advisory Agreement dated August 1, 2013, current as of August 1, 2013. (6) |
(1) Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 86 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed electronically on November 14, 2008, accession number 0001104659-08071024.
(2) Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed electronically on June 1, 2000, accession number 0000922423-00-000816.
(3) Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 97 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed electronically on December 22, 2011, accession number 0001104659-11-070891.
(4) Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 89 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed electronically on December 4, 2009, accession number 0001104659-09-068535.
(5) Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No 103 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed electronically on February 27, 2013, accession number 0001104659-13-015010.
(6) Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 105 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed electronically on October 15, 2013, accession number 0001104659-13-075668.
(7) Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 106 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed electronically on December 23, 2013, accession number 0001104659-13-092003.
(e)(1) |
|
Distribution Agreement dated August 1, 2013 between Registrant and Victory Capital Advisers, Inc.(6) |
|
|
|
(e)(2) |
|
Schedule I to the Distribution Agreement dated August 1, 2013, current as of August 1, 2013.(6) |
|
|
|
(e)(3) |
|
Schedule I to the Distribution Agreement dated August 1, 2013, current as of October 23, 2013. (7) |
|
|
|
(e)(4) |
|
Schedule I to the Distribution Agreement dated August 1, 2013, current as of February 19, 2014.(file herewith) |
|
|
|
(f) |
|
None. |
|
|
|
(g)(1)(a) |
|
Mutual Fund Custody Agreement dated July 1, 2011 between Registrant and KeyBank National Association (KeyBank).(3) |
|
|
|
(g)(1)(a)(i) |
|
Attachment A to the Mutual Fund Custody Agreement, as of October 23, 2013.(7) |
|
|
|
(g)(1)(a)(ii) |
|
Schedule I to the Mutual Fund Custody Agreement, as of October 23, 2013.(7) |
|
|
|
(g)(1)(b) |
|
Global Custodial Services Agreement between the Registrant and Citibank, N.A. dated as of August 5, 2008.(1) |
|
|
|
(g)(1)(c) |
|
Fund Appendix to the Global Custodial Services Agreement between the Registrant and Citibank, N.A. dated as of August 5, 2008, revised as of February 14, 2014.(filed herewith) |
|
|
|
(h)(1) |
|
Revised Form of Broker-Dealer Agreement.(5) |
|
|
|
(h)(2)(a) |
|
Administration and Fund Accounting Agreement dated July 1, 2006 between Registrant and VCM.(9) |
|
|
|
(h)(2)(b) |
|
Amendment dated July 1, 2009 to Administration and Fund Accounting Agreement dated July 1, 2006.(4) |
|
|
|
(h)(2)(c) |
|
Amendment No. 2 dated July 1, 2012 to Administration and Fund Accounting Agreement dated July 1, 2006.(5) |
|
|
|
(h)(2)(d) |
|
Schedule D to the Administration and Fund Accounting Agreement dated July 1, 2006, current as of October 23, 2013.(7) |
|
|
|
(h)(2)(e) |
|
Schedule D to the Administration and Fund Accounting Agreement dated July 1, 2006, current as of February 19, 2014.(filed herewith) |
|
|
|
(h)(3)(a) |
|
Sub-Administration and Sub-Fund Accounting Agreement dated July 1, 2006 between VCM and BISYS.(9) |
|
|
|
(h)(3)(b) |
|
First Amendment dated October 1, 2006 to the Sub-Administration and Sub-Fund Accounting Agreement dated July 1, 2006.(10) |
|
|
|
(h)(3)(c) |
|
Amendment dated July 1, 2009 to the Sub-Administration and Sub-Fund Accounting Agreement dated July 1, 2006.(4) |
|
|
|
(h)(3)(d) |
|
Amendment dated July 1, 2010 to the Sub-Administration and Sub-Fund Accounting Agreement dated July 1, 2006.(5) |
|
|
|
(h)(3)(e) |
|
Amendment dated July 1, 2012 to the Sub-Administration and Sub-Fund Accounting Agreement dated July 1, 2006.(5) |
|
|
|
(h)(3)(f) |
|
Amendment dated October 24, 2012 to the Sub-Administration and Sub-Fund Accounting Agreement dated July 1, 2006.(20) |
|
|
|
(h)(3)(g) |
|
Amendment dated October 23, 2013 to the Sub-Administration and Sub-Fund Accounting Agreement dated July 1, 2006.(7) |
|
|
|
(h)(3)(h) |
|
Amendment dated February 19, 2014 to the Sub-Administration and Sub-Fund Accounting Agreement dated July 1, 2006.(filed herewith) |
|
|
|
(h)(4)(a) |
|
Transfer Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2002 between Registrant and BISYS.(11) |
|
|
|
(h)(4)(b) |
|
Schedule A to the Transfer Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2002, current as of December 2, 2009.(4) |
|
|
|
(h)(4)(c) |
|
Supplement dated June 3, 2002 to the Transfer Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2002.(11) |
|
|
|
(h)(4)(d) |
|
Amendment dated July 24, 2002 to the Transfer Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2002.(11) |
|
|
|
(h)(4)(e) |
|
Amendment dated May 18, 2004 to the Transfer Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2002.(12) |
|
|
|
(h)(4)(f) |
|
Amendment dated July 1, 2006 to the Transfer Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2002.(9) |
(8) Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 107 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed electronically on December 31, 2013, accession number 0001104659-13-093041.
(9) Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 77 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed electronically on December 20, 2006, accession number 0001104659-06-082890.
(10) Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 79 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed electronically on June 29, 2007, accession number 0001104659-07-051406.
(11) Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 66 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed electronically on December 27, 2002, accession number 0000922423-02-001283.
(12) Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 75 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed electronically on December 27, 2005, accession number 0000922423-05-002071.
(h)(4)(g) |
|
Amendment dated July 1, 2009 to the Transfer Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2002.(4) |
|
|
|
(h)(4)(h) |
|
Amendment dated August 31, 2011 to the Transfer Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2002.(3) |
|
|
|
(h)(4)(i) |
|
Amendment dated July 1, 2012 to the Transfer Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2002. (21) |
|
|
|
(h)(4)(j) |
|
Amendment dated October 24, 2012 to the Transfer Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2002.(20) |
|
|
|
(h)(4)(k) |
|
Amendment dated October 23, 2013 to the Transfer Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2002.(7) |
|
|
|
(h)(4)(l) |
|
Amendment dated February 19, 2014 to the Transfer Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2002.(filed herewith) |
|
|
|
(h)(5)(a) |
|
Expense Limitation Agreement dated as of August 1, 2013.(6) |
|
|
|
(h)(5)(b) |
|
Amendment to Expense Limitation Agreement dated as of October 23, 2013.(7) |
|
|
|
(h)(5)(c) |
|
Amendment to Expense Limitation Agreement dated as of February 19, 2014.(filed herewith) |
|
|
|
(h)(6)(a) |
|
Expense Limitation Agreement relating to Balanced Fund dated as of August 1, 2013.(6) |
|
|
|
(h)(6)(b) |
|
Amendment to Expense Limitation Agreement dated as of February 19, 2014.(filed herewith) |
|
|
|
(i)(1)(a) |
|
Opinions of Morrison & Foerster LLP dated October 24, 2012 and Morris Nichols Arsht & Tunnell LLP dated October 24, 2012 relating to all then current Funds and Classes of Shares.(20) |
|
|
|
(i)(1)(b) |
|
Opinions of Morrison & Foerster LLP dated February 27, 2013 and Morris Nichols Arsht & Tunnell LLP dated February 27, 2013 relating to Class R Shares for Global, International and International Select Funds.(5) |
|
|
|
(i)(1)(c) |
|
Opinions of Morrison & Foerster LLP dated December 31, 2013 and Morris Nichols Arsht & Tunnell LLP dated December 31, 2013 relating to Select Fund. (8) |
|
|
|
(i)(l)(d) |
|
Opinions of Morrison & Foerster LLP dated March 28, 2014 and Morris Nichols Arsht & Tunnell LLP dated March 28, 2014 relating to Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund. (filed herewith) |
|
|
|
(i)(2) |
|
Consent of Morrison & Foerster LLP.(filed herewith) |
|
|
|
(k) |
|
Not applicable. |
|
|
|
(l)(1) |
|
Purchase Agreement dated November 12, 1986 between Registrant and Physicians Insurance Company of Ohio.(13) |
|
|
|
(l)(2) |
|
Purchase Agreement dated October 15, 1989.(14) |
|
|
|
(l)(3) |
|
Purchase Agreement.(15) |
|
|
|
(l)(4) |
|
Purchase Agreement dated February 16, 2010 with respect to Global Equity Fund.(16) |
|
|
|
(l)(5) |
|
Purchase Agreement dated October 31, 2012 with respect to Dividend Growth Fund.(20) |
|
|
|
(l)(6) |
|
Purchase Agreement dated December 30, 2013 with respect to Select Fund.(8) |
|
|
|
(l)(7) |
|
Purchase Agreement dated March 28, 2014 with respect to Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund.(filed herewith) |
|
|
|
(m)(1)(a) |
|
Amended and Restated Distribution and Service Plan dated December 11, 1998 as amended and restated February 20, 2013 for Class R Shares.(6) |
|
|
|
(m)(1)(b) |
|
Schedule I to the Amended and Restated Distribution and Service Plan for Class R Shares revised as of February 20, 2013. (6) |
|
|
|
(m)(2)(a) |
|
Distribution and Service Plan dated February 26, 2002 as amended February 5, 2003 for Class C Shares.(6) |
|
|
|
(m)(2)(b) |
|
Schedule I to Distribution and Service Plan for Class C Shares, as revised October 24, 2012.(20) |
|
|
|
(m)(2)(c) |
|
Schedule I to Distribution and Service Plan for Class C Shares, as revised February 19, 2014.(filed herewith) |
|
|
|
(m)(3)(a) |
|
Distribution and Service Plan dated August 1, 2013 for Class A shares of Registrant.(6) |
|
|
|
(m)(3)(b) |
|
Schedule I to Distribution and Service Plan for Class A Shares, current as of August 1, 2013.(6) |
|
|
|
(m)(3)(c) |
|
Schedule I to Distribution and Service Plan for Class A Shares, as revised October 23, 2013.(7) |
(13) Filed as Exhibit 13 to Registrants Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on November 13, 1986.
(14) Filed as Exhibit 13(b) to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 to Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on December 1, 1989.
(15) Filed as Exhibit 13(c) to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 to Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on December 1, 1989.
(16) Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 91 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed electronically on February 16, 2010, accession number 0001104659-10-007421.
(17) RESERVED.
Item 29. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Registrant .
None.
Item 30. Indemnification
Article X, Section 10.02 of Registrants Delaware Trust Instrument, as amended, incorporated herein as Exhibit (a)(2)(a) hereto, provides for the indemnification of Registrants Trustees and officers, as follows:
Section 10.02 Indemnification.
(a) Subject to the exceptions and limitations contained in Subsection 10.02(b):
(i) every person who is, or has been, a Trustee or officer of the Trust (hereinafter referred to as a Covered Person) shall be indemnified by the Trust to the fullest extent permitted by law against liability and against all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by him in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding in which he becomes involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his being or having been a Trustee or officer and against amounts paid or incurred by him in the settlement thereof;
(ii) the words claim, action, suit, or proceeding shall apply to all claims, actions, suits or proceedings (civil, criminal or other, including appeals), actual or threatened while in office or thereafter, and the words liability and expenses shall include, without limitation, attorneys fees, costs, judgments, amounts paid in settlement, fines, penalties and other liabilities.
(b) No indemnification shall be provided hereunder to a Covered Person:
(i) who shall have been adjudicated by a court or body before which the proceeding was brought (A) to be liable to the Trust or its Shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office or (B) not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of the Trust; or
(ii) in the event of a settlement, unless there has been a determination that such Trustee or officer did not engage in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office, (A) by the court or other body approving the settlement; (B) by at least a majority of those Trustees who are neither interested persons of the Trust nor are parties to the matter based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry); or
(18) RESERVED.
(19) RESERVED.
(20) Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 101 to Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed electronically on October 26, 2012, accession number 0001104659-12-071603.
(C) by written opinion of independent legal counsel based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry).
(c) The rights of indemnification herein provided may be insured against by policies maintained by the Trust, shall be severable, shall not be exclusive of or affect any other rights to which any Covered Person may now or hereafter be entitled, shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Covered Person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. Nothing contained herein shall affect any rights to indemnification to which Trust personnel, other than Covered Persons, and other persons may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law.
(d) Expenses in connection with the preparation and presentation of a defense to any claim, action, suit or proceeding of the character described in Subsection (a) of this Section 10.02 may be paid by the Trust or Series from time to time prior to final disposition thereof upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Covered Person that such amount will be paid over by him to the Trust or Series if it is ultimately determined that he is not entitled to indemnification under this Section 10.02; provided, however, that either (i) such Covered Person shall have provided appropriate security for such undertaking, (ii) the Trust is insured against losses arising out of any such advance payments or (iii) either a majority of the Trustees who are neither interested persons of the Trust nor parties to the matter, or independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall have determined, based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a trial-type inquiry or full investigation), that there is reason to believe that such Covered Person will be found entitled to indemnification under this Section 10.02.
Indemnification of the Funds principal underwriter, custodian, fund accountant, and transfer agent is provided for, respectively, in Section V of the Distribution Agreement incorporated by reference as Exhibit 6(a) hereto, Section 28 of the Custody Agreement incorporated by reference as Exhibit 8(a) hereto, Section 5 of the Fund Accounting Agreement incorporated by reference as Exhibit 9(d) hereto, and Section 7 of the Transfer Agency Agreement incorporated by reference as Exhibit 9(c) hereto. Registrant has obtained from a major insurance carrier a trustees and officers liability policy covering certain types of errors and omissions. In no event will Registrant indemnify any of its trustees, officers, employees or agents against any liability to which such person would otherwise be subject by reason of his willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of his duties, or by reason of his reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office or under his agreement with Registrant. Registrant will comply with Rule 484 under the Securities Act of 1933 and Release 11330 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 in connection with any indemnification.
Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to trustees, officers, and controlling persons of Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, as amended, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer, or controlling person of Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
Item 31. Business and Other Connections of the Investment Adviser
Victory Capital Management Inc. (VCM or the Adviser) is, effective July 31, 2013, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. (VCH). A majority of the equity interest in VCH is owned by Crestview Partners, through one or more
investment vehicles, with employees of VCM owning a substantial minority interest in VCH. VCM provides investment advisory services to institutional clients including corporations, non-profits, public funds, Taft-Harley and sub-advisory clients. VCM offers domestic and international equity and domestic fixed income strategies to investors through a variety of products, including mutual funds, separate accounts, and collective trust funds. As of December 31, 2013, VCM had approximately $18 billion in assets under management and advisement. VCMs principal offices are located at 4900 Tiedeman Road, 4 th Floor, Brooklyn, OH 44144, with additional offices in New York, Cincinnati, and Denver.
To the knowledge of Registrant, none of the directors or officers of the Adviser, except those set forth below, is or has been at any time during the past two calendar years engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature, except that prior to August 1, 2013, certain directors and officers of the Adviser also held positions with the former parent company of VCM, KeyCorp or its subsidiaries, located at 127 Public Square, Cleveland, Ohio 44114.
The principal executive officers and directors of VCM and VCH are as follows :
David C. Brown |
|
· Director, Chief Executive Officer of VCM and VCH |
Christopher A. Ohmacht |
|
· Director, President of VCM and VCH |
Michael D. Policarpo, II |
|
· Director, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of VCM and VCH |
Gregory J. Ewald |
|
· Director, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of VCM and VCH |
The business address of the foregoing individuals is 4900 Tiedeman Road, 4 th Floor, Brooklyn, Ohio 44144.
Item 32. Principal Underwriter
(a) Victory Capital Advisers, Inc. (VCA) acts as principal underwriter for the shares of Registrant, The Victory Variable Insurance Funds and The Victory Institutional Funds.
(b) VCA, 4900 Tiedeman Road, 4 th Floor, Brooklyn, Ohio 44144, acts solely as distributor for the investment companies listed above. The officers of VCA, all of whose principal business address is set forth above, are:
Name |
|
Positions and Offices with VCA |
|
Position and Offices
|
Michael D. Policarpo, II |
|
President |
|
President |
Donald Inks |
|
Financial Operations Principal, Treasurer |
|
None |
Kim Oeder |
|
Chief Compliance Officer |
|
None |
Gregory J. Ewald |
|
Chief Legal Officer and Secretary |
|
None |
(c) Not applicable.
Item 33. Location of Accounts and Records
(1) Victory Capital Management Inc., 4900 Tiedeman Road, 4 th Floor, Brooklyn, Ohio 44144 (records relating to its functions as investment adviser and administrator).
(2) KeyBank National Association, 127 Public Square, Cleveland, Ohio 44114 (records relating to its function as custodian and shareholder servicing agent).
(3) Citibank N.A., 388 Greenwich St., New York, New York 10013 (records relating to its function as custodian for the Emerging Markets Small Cap, International, International Select and Global Equity Funds).
(4) Citi Fund Services Ohio, Inc., 3435 Stelzer Road, Columbus, Ohio 43219 (records relating to its functions as sub-administrator, sub-fund accountant, transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent and shareholder servicing agent).
(5) Victory Capital Advisers, Inc., 4900 Tiedeman Road, 4 th Floor, Brooklyn, Ohio 44144 (records relating to its function as distributor).
Item 34. Management Services
None.
Item 35. Undertakings
None.
NOTICE
A copy of the Certificate of Trust of Registrant is on file with the Secretary of State of Delaware and notice is hereby given that this Post-Effective Amendment to Registrants Registration Statement has been executed on behalf of Registrant by officers of, and Trustees of, Registrant as officers and as Trustees, respectively, and not individually, and that the obligations of or arising out of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees, officers or shareholders of Registrant individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of Registrant.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for effectiveness of this Registration Statement under Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York and State of New York, on the 28 th day of March, 2014.
|
THE VICTORY PORTFOLIOS |
|
|
(Registrant) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Michael D. Policarpo, II |
|
|
Michael D. Policarpo, II, President |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 28 th day of March, 2014.
/s/ Michael D. Policarpo, II |
|
President |
Michael D. Policarpo, II |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Christopher E. Sabato |
|
Treasurer |
Christopher E. Sabato |
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Chairman of the Board and Trustee |
Leigh A. Wilson |
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Trustee |
David Brooks Adcock |
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Trustee |
Nigel D. T. Andrews |
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Trustee |
E. Lee Beard |
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Trustee |
David C. Brown |
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Trustee |
Sally M. Dungan |
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Trustee |
David L. Meyer |
|
|
*By: |
/s/ Jay G. Baris |
|
|
Jay G. Baris |
|
|
Attorney-in-Fact |
|
THE VICTORY PORTFOLIOS
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
Item 23.
Exhibit Number
Exhibits:
EX-99.(a)(2)(c) |
|
Schedule A to the Trust Instrument, current as of December 19, 2013. |
|
|
|
EX-99.(d)(1)(e) |
|
Schedule A to Advisory Agreement, current as of February 19, 2014. |
|
|
|
EX-99.(e)(4) |
|
Schedule I to the Distribution Agreement, current as of February 19, 2014. |
|
|
|
EX-99.(g)(1)(c) |
|
Fund Appendix to the Global Custodial Services Agreement between the Registrant and Citibank, N.A., revised as of February 14, 2014. |
|
|
|
EX-99.(h)(2)(e) |
|
Schedule D to the Administration and Fund Accounting Agreement, current as of February 19, 2014. |
|
|
|
EX-99.(h)(3)(h) |
|
Amendment dated February 19, 2014 to the Sub-Administration and Sub-Fund Accounting Agreement. |
|
|
|
EX-99.(h)(4)(l) |
|
Amendment dated February 19, 2014 to the Transfer Agency Agreement. |
|
|
|
EX-99.(h)(5)(c) |
|
Amendment to Expense Limitation Agreement dated as of February 19, 2014. |
|
|
|
EX-99.(h)(6)(b) |
|
Amendment to Expense Limitation Agreement dated as of February 19, 2014. |
|
|
|
EX-99.(i)(l)(d) |
|
Opinions of Morrison & Foerster LLP dated March 28, 2014 and Morris Nichols Arsht & Tunnell LLP dated March 28, 2014 relating to Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund. |
|
|
|
EX-99.(i)(2) |
|
Consent of Morrison & Foerster LLP. |
|
|
|
EX-99.(l)(7) |
|
Purchase Agreement dated March 28, 2014 with respect to Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund. |
|
|
|
EX-99.(m)(2)(c) |
|
Schedule I to Distribution and Service Plan for Class C Shares, as revised February 19, 2014. |
|
|
|
EX-99.(m)(3)(d) |
|
Schedule I to Distribution and Service Plan for Class A Shares, as revised February 19, 2014. |
|
|
|
EX-99.(n)(4) |
|
Amended and Restated Rule 18f-3 Multi-Class Plan, amended and restated February 19, 2014. |
Exhibit 99.B(a)(2)(c)
SCHEDULE A
To the Trust Instrument of The Victory Portfolios dated December 6, 1995,
Amended and Restated as of March 27, 2000
|
|
Fund |
|
Classes |
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
|
Balanced Fund |
|
Classes A, C, I, R, R6, and Y |
|
|
|
|
|
2. |
|
Diversified Stock Fund |
|
Classes A, C, I, R, R6, and Y |
|
|
|
|
|
3. |
|
Dividend Growth Fund |
|
Classes A, C, I, R, R6, and Y |
|
|
|
|
|
4. |
|
Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund |
|
Classes A, C, I, R, R6, and Y |
|
|
|
|
|
5. |
|
Established Value Fund |
|
Classes A, I, R, R6, and Y |
|
|
|
|
|
6. |
|
Fund for Income Fund |
|
Classes A, C, I, R, R6, and Y |
|
|
|
|
|
7. |
|
Global Equity Fund |
|
Classes A, C, I, R, R6, and Y |
|
|
|
|
|
8. |
|
International Fund |
|
Classes A, C, I, R, R6, and Y |
|
|
|
|
|
9. |
|
International Select Fund |
|
Classes A, C, I, R, R6, and Y |
|
|
|
|
|
10. |
|
Investment Grade Convertible Fund |
|
Classes A, C, I, R, R6, and Y |
|
|
|
|
|
11. |
|
Large Cap Growth Fund |
|
Classes A, C, I, R, R6, and Y |
|
|
|
|
|
12. |
|
Mid Cap Growth Fund |
|
Classes A, C, I, R, R6, and Y |
|
|
|
|
|
13. |
|
National Municipal Bond Fund |
|
Classes A, and Y |
|
|
|
|
|
14. |
|
Ohio Municipal Bond Fund |
|
Classes A, and Y |
|
|
|
|
|
15. |
|
Select Fund |
|
Classes A, C, I, R, R6, and Y |
|
|
|
|
|
16. |
|
Small Cap Growth Fund |
|
Classes A, C, I, R, R6, and Y |
|
|
|
|
|
17. |
|
Small Company Opportunity Fund |
|
Classes A, I, R, R6, and Y |
|
|
|
|
|
18. |
|
Special Value Fund |
|
Classes A, C, I, R, R6, and Y |
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 19, 2013.
Exhibit 99.B(d)(1)(e)
SCHEDULE A
to the
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT
between
THE VICTORY PORTFOLIOS
and
VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT INC.
Dated August 1, 2013
|
|
Name of Fund |
|
Fee* |
|
Approved
|
|
Approved by
|
|
Must Be
|
1. |
|
Balanced Fund |
|
0.60% on the first $400 million, 0.55% on the next $400 million, and 0.50% on assets in excess of $800 million |
|
June 7, 2013 |
|
February 20, 2013 |
|
December 31, 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. |
|
Diversified Stock Fund |
|
0.65% on the first $800 million, 0.60% on the next $1.6 billion, and 0.55% on assets in excess of $2.4 billion |
|
June 21, 2013 |
|
February 20, 2013 |
|
December 31, 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. |
|
Dividend Growth Fund |
|
0.70% on the first $1.5 billion, 0.65% on the next $1.5 billion, and 0.60% on assets in excess of $3 billion |
|
May 17, 2013 |
|
February 20, 2013 |
|
December 31, 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. |
|
Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund |
|
1.25% |
|
March 31, 2014 |
|
February 19, 2014 |
|
December 31, 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. |
|
Established Value Fund |
|
0.65% on the first $100 million, 0.55% on the next $100 million, and 0.45% on assets in excess of $200 million |
|
June 7, 2013 |
|
February 20, 2013 |
|
December 31, 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6. |
|
Fund for Income |
|
0.50% on the first $400 million, 0.45% on the next $400 million, and 0.40% on assets in excess of $800 million |
|
June 7, 2013 |
|
February 20, 2013 |
|
December 31, 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7. |
|
Global Equity Fund |
|
0.80% on the first $2.5 billion, 0.75% on the next $2.5 billion, and 0.70% on assets in excess of $5 billion |
|
May 17, 2013 |
|
February 20, 2013 |
|
December 31, 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8. |
|
International Fund |
|
0.80% on the first $2.5 billion, 0.75% on the next $2.5 billion, and 0.70% on assets in excess of $5 billion |
|
May 17, 2013 |
|
February 20, 2013 |
|
December 31, 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9. |
|
International Select Fund |
|
0.80% on the first $2.5 billion, 0.75% on the next $2.5 billion, and 0.70% on assets in excess of $5 billion |
|
May 17, 2013 |
|
February 20, 2013 |
|
December 31, 2014 |
* Expressed as a percentage of average daily net assets. Note, however, that the Adviser shall have the right, but not the obligation, to voluntarily or contractually waive any portion of the advisory fee from time to time. In addition, the Adviser may from time to time undertake in writing to limit the Funds total expenses for a definite period of time.
10. |
|
Investment Grade Convertible Fund |
|
0.75% on the first $400 million, 0.65% on the next $400 million, and 0.60% on assets in excess of $800 million |
|
May 17, 2013 |
|
February 20, 2013 |
|
December 31, 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11. |
|
Large Cap Growth Fund |
|
0.75% on the first $400 million, 0.65% on the next $400 million and 0.60% on assets in excess of $800 million |
|
June 7, 2013 |
|
February 20, 2013 |
|
December 31, 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12. |
|
National Municipal Bond Fund |
|
0.55% on the first $400 million, 0.50% on the next $400 million, and 0.45% on assets in excess of $800 million |
|
May 17, 2013 |
|
February 20, 2013 |
|
December 31, 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13. |
|
Ohio Municipal Bond Fund |
|
0.55% on the first $400 million, 0.50% on the next $400 million, and 0.45% on assets in excess of $800 million |
|
May 17, 2013 |
|
February 20, 2013 |
|
December 31, 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14. |
|
Select Fund |
|
0.65% on the first $2.5 billion, 0.60% on the next $2.5 billion, and 0.60% on assets in excess of $5 billion |
|
December 31, 2013 |
|
October 23, 2013 |
|
December 31, 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15. |
|
Small Company Opportunity Fund |
|
0.85% on the first $500 million, 0.75% on assets in excess of $500 million |
|
May 17, 2013 |
|
February 20, 2013 |
|
December 31, 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16. |
|
Special Value Fund |
|
0.75% on the first $400 million, 0.65% on the next $400 million, and 0.60% on assets in excess of $800 million |
|
August 15, 2013 |
|
February 20, 2013 |
|
December 31, 2014 |
Current as of February 19, 2014
|
THE VICTORY PORTFOLIOS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Michael Policarpo |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
President |
|
|
|
|
Accepted: |
|
|
|
|
|
VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Michael Policarpo |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
Chief Financial Officer |
Exhibit 99.B(e)(4)
SCHEDULE I
To the Distribution Agreement between
The Victory Portfolios and Victory Capital Advisers, Inc. dated August 1, 2013
FUNDS
Name of Portfolio |
|
|
Balanced Fund |
|
Large Cap Growth Fund |
Diversified Stock Fund |
|
National Municipal Bond Fund |
Dividend Growth Fund |
|
Established Value Fund |
Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund |
|
Ohio Municipal Bond Fund |
Fund for Income |
|
Select Fund |
Global Equity Fund |
|
Small Company Opportunity Fund |
International Fund |
|
Special Value Fund |
International Select Fund |
|
|
Investment Grade Convertible Fund |
|
|
As of February 19, 2014. |
THE VICTORY PORTFOLIOS |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Michael Policarpo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accepted: |
|
|
|
|
|
VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Michael Policarpo |
Exhibit 99.B(g)(1)(c)
FUND APPENDIX
TO THE GLOBAL CUSTODIAL
SERVICES AGREEMENT
DATED AUGUST 5, 2008
BETWEEN THE VICTORY PORTFOLIOS, ACTING
FOR AND ON BEHALF OF EACH FUND LISTED BELOW, AND CITIBANK, N.A.
TRUST |
|
FUND |
|
|
|
Victory Portfolios |
|
Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund |
|
|
|
Victory Portfolios |
|
Global Equity Fund |
|
|
|
Victory Portfolios |
|
International Fund; and |
|
|
|
Victory Portfolios |
|
International Select Fund. |
Current as of February 19, 2014
Exhibit 99.B(h)(2)(e)
SCHEDULE D
TO THE ADMINISTRATION AND FUND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT
BETWEEN VCM, THE VICTORY PORTFOLIOS AND
THE VICTORY VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS
TRUSTS AND FUNDS
The Victory Portfolios
1. Balanced Fund, Classes A, C, I and R Shares
2. Diversified Stock Fund, Classes A, C, I, R, R6 and Y Shares
3. Dividend Growth Fund, Classes A, C, I, R and Y Shares
4. Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund, Classes A, C, I and Y Shares
5. Established Value Fund, Classes A, I, R, R6 and Y Shares
6. Fund for Income, Classes A, C, I, R and Y Shares
7. Global Equity Fund, Classes A, C and I Shares
8. International Fund, Classes A, C, I, R6 and Y Shares
9. International Select Fund, Classes A, C, I and Y Shares
10. Investment Grade Convertible Fund, Classes A and I Shares
11. Large Cap Growth Fund, Classes A, C, I, R and Y Shares
12. National Municipal Bond Fund, Classes A and Y Shares
13. Ohio Municipal Bond Fund, Class A Shares
14. Select Fund, Classes A and I Shares
15. Small Company Opportunity Fund, Classes A, I, R and Y Shares
16. Special Value Fund, Classes A, C, I, R and Y Shares
The Victory Variable Insurance Funds
1. Diversified Stock Fund
As of February 19, 2014
Exhibit 99.B(h)(3)(h)
AMENDMENT TO
SUB-ADMINISTRATION AND SUB-FUND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT
AMENDMENT made as of the 19th day of February, 2014, between Victory Capital Management Inc. (the VCM), and Citi Fund Services Ohio, Inc., formerly known as BISYS Fund Services Ohio, Inc. (Citi), to the Sub-Administration and Sub-Fund Accounting Agreement dated July 1, 2006, between VCM and Citi (as previously amended and in effect on the date hereof, the Agreement). All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.
WHEREAS, VCM acts as administrator and fund accountant for The Victory Portfolios and The Victory Variable Insurance Funds;
WHEREAS, Citi and VCM wish to enter into this Amendment to the Agreement to revise Schedule D of the Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises hereinafter contained and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, intending to be legally bound, VCM and Citi hereby agree as follows:
1. Amendments.
(a) Schedule D is replaced with the attached Schedule D.
2. Representations and Warranties.
(a) VCM represents (i) that it has full power and authority to enter into this Amendment, (ii) that this Amendment, and all information relating thereto has been presented to and reviewed by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the Board), and (iii) that the Board has approved this Amendment.
(b) Citi represents that it has full power and authority to enter into and perform this Amendment.
3. Miscellaneous.
(a) This Amendment supplements and amends the Agreement. The provisions set forth in this Amendment supersede all prior negotiations, understandings and agreements bearing upon the subject matter covered herein, including any conflicting provisions of the Agreement or any provisions of the Agreement that directly cover or indirectly bear upon matters covered under this Amendment.
(b) Each reference to the Agreement in the Agreement (as it existed prior to this Amendment), shall hereafter be construed as a reference to the Agreement as amended by this Amendment. Except as provided in this Amendment, the provisions of the
Agreement remain in full force and effect. No amendment or modification to this Amendment shall be valid unless made in writing and executed by both parties hereto.
(c) Paragraph headings in this Amendment are included for convenience only and are not to be used to construe or interpret this Amendment.
(d) This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed all as of the day and year first above written.
|
VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Michael Policarpo |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Michael D. Policarpo, II |
|
Title: |
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
CITI FUND SERVICES OHIO, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Peter Hill |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Peter Hill |
|
Title: |
Managing Director |
SCHEDULE D
TO THE SUB-ADMINISTRATION
AND SUB-FUND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT INC.
AND
CITI FUND SERVICES OHIO, INC.
FUNDS
Victory Portfolios
1. Balanced Fund
2. Diversified Stock Fund
3. Dividend Growth Fund
4. Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund
5. Established Value Fund
6. Fund for Income
7. Global Equity Fund
8. International Fund
9. International Select Fund
10. Investment Grade Convertible Fund
11. Large Cap Growth Fund
12. National Municipal Bond Fund
13. Ohio Municipal Bond Fund
14. Select Fund
15. Small Company Opportunity Fund
16. Special Value Fund
As of February 19, 2014
Victory Variable Insurance Funds
1. Victory Variable Insurance Diversified Stock Fund
As of October 24, 2012
Exhibit 99.B(h)(4)(l)
AMENDMENT TO
TRANSFER AGENCY AGREEMENT
AMENDMENT made as of the 19 th day of February 2014, between THE VICTORY PORTFOLIOS (the Trust) and Citi Fund Services Ohio, Inc., formerly known as BISYS Fund Services Ohio, Inc. (Citi), to the Transfer Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2002, between the Trust and Citi (as previously amended and in effect on the date hereof, the Agreement). All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.
WHEREAS, Citi and the Trust wish to enter into this Amendment to the Agreement to revise Schedule A; and
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises hereinafter contained and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, intending to be legally bound, the Trust and Citi hereby agree as follows:
1. Amendments.
(a) Schedule A to the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the new Schedule A attached hereto.
2. Representations and Warranties.
(a) The Trust represents (i) that it has full power and authority to enter into this Amendment, (ii) that this Amendment, and all information relating thereto has been presented to and reviewed by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the Board), and (iii) that the Board has approved this Amendment.
(b) Citi represents that it has full power and authority to enter into and perform this Amendment.
3. Miscellaneous.
(a) This Amendment supplements and amends the Agreement. The provisions set forth in this Amendment supersede all prior negotiations, understandings and agreements bearing upon the subject matter covered herein, including any conflicting provisions of the Agreement or any provisions of the Agreement that directly cover or indirectly bear upon matters covered under this Amendment.
(b) Each reference to the Agreement in the Agreement (as it existed prior to this Amendment), shall hereafter be construed as a reference to the Agreement as amended by this Amendment. Except as provided in this Amendment, the provisions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect. No amendment or modification to this Amendment shall be valid unless made in writing and executed by both parties hereto.
(c) Paragraph headings in this Amendment are included for convenience only and are not to be used to construe or interpret this Amendment.
(d) This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed all as of the day and year first above written.
|
THE VICTORY PORTFOLIOS, |
|
|
on behalf of each Fund listed on Schedule A, individually and not jointly |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Michael Policarpo |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Michael D. Policarpo, II |
|
Title: |
President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CITI FUND SERVICES OHIO, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Peter Hill |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Peter Hill |
|
Title: |
Managing Director |
SCHEDULE A
TO THE TRANSFER AGENCY AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
THE VICTORY PORTFOLIOS
AND
CITI FUND SERVICES OHIO, INC.
FUNDS
Name of Portfolio
1. Balanced Fund
2. Diversified Stock Fund
3. Dividend Growth Fund
4. Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund
5. Established Value Fund
6. Fund for Income
7. Global Equity Fund
8. International Fund
9. International Select Fund
10. Investment Grade Convertible Fund
11. Large Cap Growth Fund
12. National Municipal Bond Fund
13. Ohio Municipal Bond Fund
14. Select Fund
15. Small Company Opportunity Fund
16. Special Value Fund
As of February 19, 2014
Exhibit 99.B(h)(5)(c)
SCHEDULE A
TO THE EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT DATED August 1, 2013
BETWEEN
THE VICTORY PORTFOLIOS AND VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT INC.
OPERATING EXPENSE LIMITS AS OF
February 19, 2014
Fund/Class |
|
Maximum
|
|
Date of
|
|
Effective Date of
|
|
Diversified Stock Class R6 |
|
0.78 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2017 |
|
Mar. 1, 2014 |
|
Diversified Stock Class Y |
|
0.86 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2017 |
|
Feb. 29, 2012 |
|
Dividend Growth Fund Class A |
|
1.25 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2018 |
|
Oct. 24, 2012 |
|
Dividend Growth Fund Class C |
|
2.00 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2018 |
|
Oct. 24, 2012 |
|
Dividend Growth Fund Class I |
|
0.95 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2018 |
|
Oct. 24, 2012 |
|
Dividend Growth Fund Class R |
|
1.50 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2018 |
|
Oct. 24, 2012 |
|
Dividend Growth Fund Class Y |
|
1.00 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2018 |
|
Oct. 24, 2012 |
|
Established Value Class R6 |
|
0.63 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2017 |
|
Mar. 1, 2014 |
|
Established Value - Class Y |
|
0.83 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2017 |
|
Feb. 29, 2012 |
|
Emerging Markets Small Cap - Class A |
|
1.80 |
% |
Mar. 31, 2017 |
|
Apr. 1, 2014 |
|
Emerging Markets Small Cap - Class C |
|
2.55 |
% |
Mar. 31, 2017 |
|
Apr. 1, 2014 |
|
Emerging Markets Small Cap - Class I |
|
1.50 |
% |
Mar. 31, 2017 |
|
Apr. 1, 2014 |
|
Emerging Markets Small Cap - Class Y |
|
1.55 |
% |
Mar. 31, 2017 |
|
Apr. 1, 2014 |
|
Fund for Income - Class Y |
|
0.71 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2017 |
|
Feb. 29, 2012 |
|
Global Equity - Class A |
|
1.40 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2020 |
|
Mar. 1, 2010 |
|
Global Equity - Class C |
|
2.15 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2020 |
|
Mar. 1, 2010 |
|
Global Equity - Class I |
|
1.15 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2020 |
|
Mar. 1, 2010 |
|
Global Equity - Class R |
|
1.67 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2018 |
|
Mar. 1, 2013 |
|
International Class A |
|
1.40 |
% |
Aug. 31, 2017 |
|
Aug. 1, 2013 |
|
International Class C |
|
2.15 |
% |
Aug. 31, 2017 |
|
Aug. 1, 2013 |
|
International Class I |
|
1.15 |
% |
Aug. 31, 2017 |
|
Aug. 1, 2013 |
|
International Class R6 |
|
1.05 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2017 |
|
Mar. 1, 2014 |
|
International Class R |
|
1.70 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2018 |
|
Mar. 1, 2013 |
|
International - Class Y |
|
1.15 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2017 |
|
Feb. 29, 2012 |
|
International Select Class A |
|
1.40 |
% |
Aug. 31, 2017 |
|
Aug. 1, 2013 |
|
International Select Class C |
|
2.15 |
% |
Aug. 31, 2017 |
|
Aug. 1, 2013 |
|
International Select Class I |
|
1.15 |
% |
Aug. 31, 2017 |
|
Aug. 1, 2013 |
|
International Select Class R |
|
1.69 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2018 |
|
March 1, 2013 |
|
International Select Class Y |
|
1.15 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2017 |
|
Feb. 29, 2012 |
|
Investment Grade Convertible |
|
1.00 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2015 |
|
Mar. 1, 2013 |
|
Fund/Class |
|
Maximum
|
|
Date of
|
|
Effective Date of
|
|
Class I |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large Cap Growth Class C |
|
2.10 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2015 |
|
Mar. 1, 2013 |
|
Large Cap Growth Class I |
|
0.95 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2015 |
|
Mar. 1, 2013 |
|
Large Cap Growth Class R |
|
1.65 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2015 |
|
Mar. 1, 2013 |
|
Large Cap Growth - Class Y |
|
1.02 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2017 |
|
Feb. 29, 2012 |
|
National Municipal Bond - Class A |
|
0.99 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2015 |
|
Mar. 1, 2013 |
|
National Municipal Bond - Class Y |
|
0.72 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2017 |
|
Feb. 29, 2012 |
|
Select Fund Class A |
|
1.15 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2019 |
|
Jan. 1, 2014 |
|
Select Fund Class I |
|
0.90 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2019 |
|
Jan. 1, 2014 |
|
Small Company Opportunity - Class Y |
|
1.15 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2017 |
|
Feb. 29, 2012 |
|
Special Value Class C |
|
2.20 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2015 |
|
Mar. 1, 2010 |
|
Special Value - Class Y |
|
1.03 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2017 |
|
Feb. 29, 2012 |
|
Exhibit 99.B(h)(6)(b)
SCHEDULE A
TO THE EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT
FOR CERTAIN FUNDS OF
THE VICTORY PORTFOLIOS
DATED August 1, 2013
BETWEEN
THE VICTORY PORTFOLIOS AND VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT INC.
OPERATING EXPENSE LIMITS
AS OF FEBRUARY 19, 2014
Fund/Class |
|
Maximum
|
|
Date of
|
|
Effective Date of
|
|
Balanced Class A |
|
1.15 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2015 |
|
Mar. 1, 2013 |
|
Balanced Class C |
|
1.85 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2015 |
|
Nov. 12, 2010 |
|
Balanced Class I |
|
0.90 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2015 |
|
Mar. 1, 2013 |
|
Balanced Class R |
|
1.45 |
% |
Feb. 28, 2015 |
|
Mar. 1, 2013 |
|
Exhibit 99.B(i)(1)(d)
|
1290 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS
TELEPHONE: 212.468.8000 FACSIMILE: 212.468.7900
WWW.MOFO.COM
|
MORRISON & FOERSTER LLP
NEW YORK, SAN FRANCISCO,
TOKYO, LONDON, BERLIN, BRUSSELS,
|
March 28, 2014
The Victory Portfolios
3435 Stelzer Road
Columbus, OH 43219
Re: The Victory Portfolios (Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund Classes A, C, I, R, R6 and Y)
Mesdames and Gentlemen:
We have acted as counsel for The Victory Portfolios, a Delaware statutory trust (the Trust), in connection with certain matters relating to the formation of the Trust and the issuance of Shares therein. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise herein defined are used as defined in the Amended and Restated Trust Instrument of the Trust dated as of March 27, 2000 (the Governing Instrument).
In rendering this opinion, we have examined and relied on copies of the following documents, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction:
i. the Certificate of Trust of the Trust as filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the State Office) on December 21, 1995 (the Certificate);
ii. the Governing Instrument;
iii. the Trust Instrument of the Trust dated as of December 6, 1995, as amended February 19, 1997 and October 23, 1997 (as amended, the Original Governing Instrument);
iv. the Bylaws of the Trust;
v. certain resolutions of the Trustees of the Trust including resolutions dated December 6, 1995 relating to the formation of the Trust;
vi. resolutions dated December 19, 2013 relating to, among other things, the establishment of a Fund and Classes thereof (each such term used as defined
below) (such resolutions, together with the Governing Instrument and Bylaws of the Trust are referred to as the Governing Documents);
vii. Post-Effective Amendment No. 26 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of The Victory Portfolios, a Massachusetts business trust and the predecessor to the Trust (the Predecessor Trust), by which the Trust adopted such Registration Statement and the Predecessor Trusts Notification of Registration and Registration Statement under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 28, 1995;
viii. a Certificate of Secretary of the Trust dated on or about the date hereof certifying as to the Governing Instrument and the due adoption of the resolutions referenced above; and
ix. a certification of good standing of the Trust obtained as of a recent date from the State Office.
In such examinations, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies or drafts of documents to be executed, and the legal capacity of natural persons to complete the execution of documents. We have further assumed for purposes of this opinion:
i. the due adoption, authorization, execution and delivery, as applicable, by or on behalf of each of the parties thereto of the above-referenced agreements, instruments, certificates and other documents, and of all documents contemplated by the Governing Documents to be executed by investors desiring to become Shareholders (including the due approval of the Governing Instrument by Shareholders);
ii. the payment of consideration for Shares, and the application of such consideration, as provided in the Governing Documents and compliance with all other terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in the Governing Documents in connection with the issuance of Shares;
iii. that appropriate notation of the names and addresses of, the number of Shares held by, and the consideration paid by, Shareholders will be maintained in the appropriate registers and other books and records of the Trust in connection with the issuance or transfer of Shares;
iv. that no event has occurred that would cause a termination or dissolution of the Trust under Sections 11.04 or 11.05 of the Original Governing Instrument or Sections 11.04 or 11.05 of the Governing Instrument, as applicable;
v. that no event has occurred that would cause a termination or dissolution of the Fund or any of the Classes under Sections 2.06 or 11.04 of the Original Governing Instrument or Sections 2.06 or 11.04 of the Governing Instrument, as applicable;
vi. that the activities of the Trust have been and will be conducted in accordance with the terms of the Original Governing Instrument or the Governing Instrument, as applicable, and the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, 12 Del. C. §§ 3801 et seq. ; and
vii. that each of the documents examined by us is in full force and effect, expresses the entire understanding of the parties thereto with respect to the subject matter thereof, and has not been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, except as herein referenced.
As to any facts material to our opinion, other than those assumed, we have relied without independent investigation on the above-referenced documents and on the accuracy, as of the date hereof, of the matters therein contained.
We are members of the Bar of the State of New York and do not hold ourselves out as experts on, or express any opinion as to, the law of any other state or jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of New York and applicable federal laws of the United States. In rendering this opinion, without independent verification, and with your permission, we have relied solely upon an opinion of Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell LLP (the Local Counsel Opinion), special Delaware counsel to the Trust, a copy of which is attached hereto, concerning the organization of the Trust and the authorization and issuance of the Shares, and our opinion is subject to the qualifications and limitations set forth in the Local Counsel Opinion, which are incorporated herein by reference. No opinion is expressed herein with respect to the requirements of, or compliance with, federal or state securities or blue sky laws. Further, we express no opinion on the sufficiency or accuracy of any registration or offering documentation relating to the Trust or the Shares.
Based on and subject to the foregoing, and limited in all respects to matters of Delaware law, it is our opinion that:
1. The Trust is a duly formed and validly existing statutory trust in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The following Series of the Trust (the Fund) and each class of the Fund referenced herein (each a
Class) is a validly existing Series or Class thereof, as applicable, of the Trust:
a. Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund (Classes A, C, I, R, R6 and Y).
b. Shares of Class A, Class C, Class I, Class R, Class R6 and Class Y of the Fund, when issued to Shareholders in accordance with the terms, conditions, requirements and procedures set forth in the Governing Documents, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable Shares of beneficial interest in the Trust.
This opinion is solely for your benefit, may not be relied on by any person or for any purpose and is not to be quoted in whole or in part, summarized or otherwise referred to, nor is it to be filed with or supplied to any governmental agency or other person without the written consent of this firm. This opinion letter is rendered as of the date hereof, and we specifically disclaim any responsibility to update or supplement this letter to reflect any events or facts which may hereafter come to our attention, or any changes in statutes or regulations or any court decisions which may hereafter occur.
Notwithstanding the previous paragraph, we consent to the filing of this opinion with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to a post-effective amendment to the Trusts Registration Statement on Form N-1A. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.
Very truly yours,
/s/Morrison & Foerster LLP
[Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell LLP Letterhead]
March 28, 2014
Morrison & Foerster LLP
1290 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10104-0500
Re: |
The Victory Portfolios (Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund Classes A, C, I, R, R6 and Y) |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as special Delaware counsel to The Victory Portfolios, a Delaware statutory trust (the Trust), in connection with certain matters relating to the formation of the Trust and the issuance of Shares therein. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise herein defined are used as defined in the Amended and Restated Trust Instrument of the Trust dated as of March 27, 2000 (the Governing Instrument).
In rendering this opinion, we have examined and relied on copies of the following documents, each in the form provided to us: the Certificate of Trust of the Trust as filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the State Office) on December 21, 1995 (the Certificate); the Governing Instrument; the Trust Instrument of the Trust dated as of December 6, 1995, as amended February 19, 1997 and October 23, 1997 (as amended, the Original Governing Instrument); the Bylaws of the Trust; certain resolutions of the Trustees of the Trust including resolutions dated December 6, 1995 relating to the organization of the Trust and resolutions dated December 19, 2013 relating to the establishment of the Fund and the Classes thereof (such terms used as defined below) (collectively, the Resolutions and, together with the Governing Instrument and Bylaws of the Trust, the Governing Documents); Post-Effective Amendment No. 26 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of The Victory Portfolios, a Massachusetts business trust and the predecessor to the Trust (the Predecessor Trust) by which the Trust adopted such Registration Statement and the Predecessor Trusts Notification of Registration and Registration Statement under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) on December 28, 1995; and a certification of good standing of the Trust obtained as of a recent date from the State Office. In such examinations, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies or drafts of documents to be executed, and the legal capacity of natural persons to complete the execution of documents. We have further assumed for purposes of this opinion: (i) the due adoption, authorization, execution and delivery, as applicable, by or on behalf of each of the parties thereto
of the above-referenced agreements, instruments, certificates and other documents (including the Resolutions), and of all documents contemplated by the Governing Documents to be executed by investors desiring to become Shareholders; (ii) the payment of consideration for Shares, and the application of such consideration, as provided in the Governing Documents and compliance with all other terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in the Governing Documents in connection with the issuance of Shares; (iii) that appropriate notation of the names and addresses of, the number of Shares held by, and the consideration paid by, Shareholders will be maintained in the appropriate registers and other books and records of the Trust in connection with the issuance or transfer of Shares; (iv) that no event has occurred that would cause a termination or dissolution of the Trust under Sections 11.04 or 11.05 of the Original Governing Instrument or Sections 11.04 or 11.05 of the Governing Instrument, as applicable; (v) that no event has occurred that would cause a termination or dissolution of the Fund or any Classes thereof under Sections 2.06 or 11.04 of the Original Governing Instrument or Sections 2.06 or 11.04 of the Governing Instrument, as applicable; (vi) that the activities of the Trust have been and will be conducted in accordance with the terms of the Original Governing Instrument or the Governing Instrument, as applicable, and the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, 12 Del. C. §§ 3801 et seq. ; and (vii) that each of the documents examined by us is in full force and effect and has not been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, except as herein referenced. No opinion is expressed herein with respect to the requirements of, or compliance with, federal or state securities or blue sky laws. Further, we express no opinion on the sufficiency or accuracy of any registration or offering documentation relating to the Trust or the Shares. As to any facts material to our opinion, other than those assumed, we have relied without independent investigation on the above-referenced documents and on the accuracy, as of the date hereof, of the matters therein contained.
Based on and subject to the foregoing, and limited in all respects to matters of Delaware law, it is our opinion that:
1. The Trust is a duly formed and validly existing statutory trust in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The following Series of the Trust (the Fund) and each class of the Fund referenced herein (each a Class) is a validly existing Series or Class thereof, as applicable, of the Trust: Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund (Classes A, C, I, R, R6 and Y).
2. Shares of Class A, Class C, Class I, Class R, Class R6 and Class Y of the Fund, when issued to Shareholders in accordance with the terms, conditions, requirements and procedures set forth in the Governing Documents and all applicable resolutions of the Trustees, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable Shares of beneficial interest in the Trust.
We understand that you wish to rely on this opinion in connection with the delivery of your opinion to the Trust dated on or about the date hereof and we hereby consent to such reliance. Except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, this opinion may not be relied on by any person or for any purpose without our prior written consent. We hereby consent to the filing of a copy of this opinion with the Commission as an exhibit to a post-
effective amendment to the Trusts Registration Statement on Form N-1A. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. This opinion speaks only as of the date hereof and is based on our understandings and assumptions as to present facts, and on the application of Delaware law as the same exist on the date hereof, and we undertake no obligation to update or supplement this opinion after the date hereof for the benefit of any person or entity with respect to any facts or circumstances that may hereafter come to our attention or any changes in facts or law that may hereafter occur or take effect.
|
Sincerely, |
|
|
|
MORRIS, NICHOLS, ARSHT & TUNNELL LLP |
|
|
|
/s/ David A. Harris |
|
|
|
David A. Harris |
Exhibit 99.B(i)(2)
|
1290 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS
TELEPHONE: 212.468.8000 FACSIMILE: 212.468.7900
WWW.MOFO.COM
|
MORRISON & FOERSTER LLP
NEW YORK, SAN FRANCISCO,
TOKYO, LONDON, BERLIN, BRUSSELS,
|
March 28, 2014
The Victory Portfolios
3435 Stelzer Road
Columbus, Ohio 43219
Re: The Victory Portfolios
Post-Effective Amendment No. 112
File No. 33-8982; ICA No. 811-4852
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We hereby consent to the reference to our firm as counsel in Post-Effective Amendment No. 112 to Registration Statement No. 33-8982 and to the incorporation of our opinions dated October 24, 2012, February 27, 2013, and December 31, 2013.
Sincerely,
/s/Morrison & Foerster LLP
Morrison & Foerster LLP
Exhibit 99.B(l)(7)
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
The Victory Portfolios (the Trust), a Delaware statutory trust, and Christopher K. Dyer (Purchaser), an individual, hereby agree as follows:
1. The Trust hereby offers Purchaser, and Purchaser hereby purchases one (1) share of beneficial interest of Class I shares of the Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund, a series of the Trust, at $10.00 per share (the Share). Purchaser hereby acknowledges purchase of the Share and the Trust hereby acknowledges receipt from Purchaser of funds in the amount of $10.00 in full payment for the Share.
2. Purchaser represents and warrants to the Trust that the Share is being acquired solely for investment purposes and not for the purpose of distribution.
3. All persons dealing with any series of the Trust, or any class thereof, must look solely to the net assets belonging to such series or class for enforcement of any claim against the Trust.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties thereto have executed this Agreement as of the 28th day of March, 2014.
|
THE VICTORY PORTFOLIOS |
|||
|
|
|||
|
By: |
/s/ Michael Policarpo |
||
|
Name: |
Michael D. Policarpo, II |
||
|
Title: |
President |
||
|
|
|||
|
CHRISTOPHER K. DYER |
|||
|
In his personal capacity |
|||
|
|
|||
|
Signature: |
/s/ Christopher Dyer |
||
Exhibit 99.B(m)(2)(c)
SCHEDULE I
TO
DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE PLAN
FOR
CLASS C SHARES OF THE VICTORY PORTFOLIOS
DATED FEBRUARY 26, 2002
This Plan shall be adopted with respect to Class C Shares of the following series of The Victory Portfolios:
Fund |
|
|
Rate* |
|
1. |
Balanced Fund |
|
1.00 |
%** |
2. |
Diversified Stock Fund |
|
1.00 |
%** |
3. |
Dividend Growth Fund |
|
1.00 |
%** |
4. |
Emerging Markets Small Cap |
|
1.00 |
%** |
5. |
Fund for Income |
|
1.00 |
%** |
6. |
Global Equity Fund |
|
1.00 |
%** |
7. |
International Fund |
|
1.00 |
%** |
8. |
International Select Fund |
|
1.00 |
%** |
9. |
Large Cap Growth Fund |
|
1.00 |
%** |
10. |
Special Value Fund |
|
1.00 |
%** |
* Expressed as a percentage per annum of the average daily net assets of each Fund attributed to its Class C Shares.
** Of this amount, no more than the maximum amount permitted by NASD Conduct Rules will be used to finance activities primarily intended to result in the sale of Class C shares.
As of February 19, 2014 |
|
|
||
|
THE VICTORY PORTFOLIOS |
|||
|
|
|
||
|
By: |
/s/ Michael Policarpo |
||
|
|
|
||
|
Accepted: |
|||
|
|
|
||
|
VICTORY CAPITAL ADVISERS, INC. |
|||
|
|
|
||
|
By: |
/s/ Michael Policarpo |
||
Exhibit 99.B(m)(3)(d)
SCHEDULE I
TO
DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE PLAN
FOR
CLASS A SHARES OF
THE VICTORY PORTFOLIOS
DATED August 1, 2013
This Plan shall be adopted with respect to Class A Shares of the following series of The Victory Portfolios:
Fund |
|
Rate* |
|
||
1. |
|
Balanced Fund |
|
0.25 |
% |
2. |
|
Diversified Stock Fund |
|
0.25 |
% |
3. |
|
Dividend Growth Fund |
|
0.25 |
% |
4. |
|
Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund |
|
0.25 |
% |
5. |
|
Established Value Fund |
|
0.25 |
% |
6. |
|
Fund for Income |
|
0.25 |
% |
7. |
|
Global Equity Fund |
|
0.25 |
% |
8. |
|
International Fund |
|
0.25 |
% |
9. |
|
International Select Fund |
|
0.25 |
% |
10. |
|
Investment Grade Convertible Fund |
|
0.25 |
% |
11. |
|
Large Cap Growth Fund |
|
0.25 |
% |
12. |
|
National Municipal Bond Fund |
|
0.25 |
% |
13. |
|
Ohio Municipal Bond Fund |
|
0.25 |
% |
14. |
|
Select Fund |
|
0.25 |
% |
15. |
|
Small Company Opportunity |
|
0.25 |
% |
16. |
|
Special Value Fund |
|
0.25 |
% |
* Expressed as a percentage per annum of the average daily net assets of each Fund attributed to its Class A Shares.
As of February 19, 2014
|
THE VICTORY PORTFOLIOS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Michael Policarpo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accepted: |
|
|
|
|
|
VICTORY CAPITAL ADVISERS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Michael Policarpo |
Exhibit 99.B(n)(4)
THE VICTORY PORTFOLIOS
AMENDED AND RESTATED
RULE 18f-3 MULTI-CLASS PLAN
I. Introduction
The Victory Portfolios, a Delaware statutory trust (the Trust) is an open-end series investment company that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act). The Trust issues multiple classes of shares of the various series (each series a Fund), whether now existing or subsequently established (the Multi-Class Funds) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 18f-3 under the 1940 Act and this Rule 18f-3 Multi-Class Plan (the Plan) that has been approved and adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the Board, and each member, a Trustee). The Trust and its shares of the Trust are registered on Form N-1A (Registration Nos. 33-8982 and 811-4852).
The Plan sets forth the method for allocating to each class of shares the Multi-Class Funds fees and expenses, and discusses the shareholder servicing arrangements, distribution arrangements, conversion features, exchange privileges, and other shareholder services of each class of shares of the Multi-Class Funds. The Plan does not make any material changes to the general class arrangements and expense allocations previously approved by the Board.
The Multi-Class Funds, and the share classes each is authorized to issue representing interests in the same underlying portfolio of assets of the respective Fund, is shown in the following table:
|
|
Class A |
|
Class C |
|
Class I |
|
Class R |
|
Class R6 |
|
Class Y |
|
Balanced Fund |
|
X |
|
X |
|
X |
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
Diversified Stock Fund |
|
X |
|
X |
|
X |
|
X |
|
X |
|
X |
|
Dividend Growth Fund |
|
X |
|
X |
|
X |
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
Emerging Markets Small Cap Fund |
|
X |
|
X |
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
Established Value Fund |
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
X |
|
X |
|
X |
|
Fund for Income |
|
X |
|
X |
|
X |
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
Global Equity Fund |
|
X |
|
X |
|
X |
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
International Fund |
|
X |
|
X |
|
X |
|
X |
|
X |
|
X |
|
International Select Fund |
|
X |
|
X |
|
X |
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
Investment Grade Convertible Fund |
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
Large Cap Growth Fund |
|
X |
|
X |
|
X |
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
National Municipal Bond Fund |
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
Ohio Municipal Bond Fund |
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
Select Fund |
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Small Company Opportunity Fund |
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
Special Value Fund |
|
X |
|
X |
|
X |
|
X |
|
|
|
X |
|
II. Class Arrangements
This Section summarizes the front-end sales charges, contingent deferred sales charges (CDSC), Rule 12b-1 distribution fees, shareholder servicing fees, conversion features and other shareholder services applicable to each particular class of shares of the Funds. Additional details regarding such fees and services are set forth in each Funds current Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information (SAI).
A. Class A Shares
1. Maximum Initial Sales Charge : 5.75% (of the offering price).
Exceptions : Fund for Income, Investment Grade Convertible Fund, National Municipal Bond Fund, and Ohio Municipal Bond Fund have an initial sales charge of 2.00% (of the offering price).
2. CDSC : A CDSC of up to 0.75% may be imposed on certain redemptions of Class A Shares purchased without an initial sales charge.
3. Rule 12b-1 Distribution Fees : Up to 0.25% per annum of average daily net assets.
4. Shareholder Servicing Fees : Included in Rule 12b-1 Plan.
5. Automatic Conversion Features : None.
6. Other Shareholder Services : As provided in the Funds Prospectus.
B. Class C Shares
1. Initial Sales Charge : None.
2. CDSC : 1.00%, if shares are sold within 12 months of purchase. The CDSC is based on the current value of the shares being sold or their net asset value when purchased, whichever is lower.
3. Rule 12b-1 Distribution Fees : Up to 1.00% per annum of average daily net assets (of which no more than 0.75% can be paid to finance activities primarily intended to result in the sale of shares). (Amounts paid in excess of 0.75% will be paid for shareholder servicing only.)
4. Shareholder Servicing Fees : Included in Rule 12b-1 Plan.
5. Automatic Conversion Features : None.
6. Other Shareholder Services : As provided in the Funds Prospectus.
C. Class I Shares
1. Initial Sales Charge : None.
2. CDSC : None.
3. Rule 12b-1 Distribution Fees : None.
4. Shareholder Servicing Fees : None.
5. Automatic Conversion Features : None.
6. Other Shareholder Services : As provided in the Funds Prospectus.
D. Class R Shares
1. Maximum Initial Sales Charge : None.
2. CDSC : None.
3. Rule 12b-1 Distribution Fees : Up to 0.50% per annum of average daily net assets; Except for Fund For Income: up to 0.25% per annum of average daily net assets.
4. Shareholder Servicing Fees : Included in Rule 12b-1 Plan.
5. Automatic Conversion Features : None.
6. Other Shareholder Services : As provided in the Funds Prospectus.
E. Class R6 Shares
1. Initial Sales Charge : None.
2. CDSC : None.
3. Rule 12b-1 Distribution Fees : None.
4. Shareholder Servicing Fees : None.
5. Automatic Conversion Features : None.
6. Other Shareholder Services : As provided in the Funds Prospectus.
F. Class Y Shares
1. Initial Sales Charge : None.
2. CDSC : None.
3. Rule 12b-1 Distribution Fees : None.
4. Shareholder Servicing Fees : None.
5. Automatic Conversion Features : None.
6. Other Shareholder Services : As provided in the Funds Prospectus.
III. Exchange Privileges
The shares of any class of any Fund may be exchanged for the shares of any other class offered by that Fund or the same class, or any other class, of any other Fund, subject to any limitations on exchanges, redemption fee, minimum investment limitation or eligibility requirements described in the applicable prospectus and SAI. Exchanges will occur at the respective net asset values of the share classes next calculated after receipt of the exchange request, plus any applicable sales charge described in the prospectus which has not previously been paid.
IV. Allocation of Expenses
Pursuant to Rule 18f-3 under the 1940 Act, the Trust shall allocate to each class of shares in a Multi-Class Fund any fees and expenses incurred by the Trust in connection with the distribution of such class of shares under a distribution plan adopted for such class of shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (Rule 12b-1 Fees).
In addition, pursuant to Rule 18f-3, the Trust may allocate the following fees and expenses (the Class Expenses) to a particular class of shares in a single Multi-Class Fund:
1. transfer agent fees identified by the transfer agent as being attributable to such class of shares;
2. printing and postage expenses related to preparing and distributing materials such as shareholder reports, prospectuses, reports, and proxies to current shareholders of such class of shares or to regulatory agencies with respect to such class of shares;
3. blue sky registration or qualification fees incurred by such class of shares;
4. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fees incurred by such class of shares;
5. the expense of administrative personnel and services (including, but not limited to, those of a fund accountant or dividend paying agent charged with calculating net asset values or determining or paying dividends) as required to support the shareholders of such class of shares;
6. litigation or other legal expenses relating solely to such class of shares;
7. fees of the Board incurred as a result of issues relating to such class of shares;
8. independent accountants fees relating solely to such class of shares; and
9. shareholder meeting expenses for meetings of a particular class.
Class Expenses and Rule 12b-1 Fees are the only expenses allocated to the classes disproportionately.
The initial determination of fees and expenses that will be allocated by the Trust to a particular class of shares and any subsequent changes thereto will be reviewed by the Board and approved by a vote of the Board including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust. The Board
will monitor conflicts of interest among the classes and agree to take any action necessary to eliminate conflicts.
Income, realized and unrealized capital gains and losses, and any expenses of a Fund not allocated to a particular class of any such Fund pursuant to this Plan shall be allocated to each class of such Fund on the basis of the relative net assets (settled share method), as defined in Rule 18f-3(c)(1), of that class in relation to the net assets of such Fund.
Any dividends and other distributions on shares of a class will differ from dividends and other distributions on shares of other classes only as a result of the allocation of Class Expenses, Rule 12b-1 Fees, and the effects of such allocations.
The expenses of a specific class or classes of a Fund may be waived or reimbursed in whole or in part by a Funds investment adviser, underwriter, or any other provider of services to the Fund pursuant to Rule 18f-3(b).
V. Board Governance
At all times during which the Trust elects to offer multiple classes of shares of the Multi-Class Funds pursuant to the provisions of Rule 18f-3 under the 1940 Act and this Plan: (i) at least seventy-five percent of the Board are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Funds (the Independent Trustees); (ii) the Independent Trustees select and nominate any other Independent Trustee; (iii) an Independent Trustee serves as chair of the Board of Trustees, presides over meetings of the Board and has substantially the same responsibilities as would a chairman of any board of directors; (iv) the Board evaluates its performance and the performance of its committees at least annually, and such evaluation includes a consideration of the effectiveness of the Boards committee structure and the number of Funds served by each Trustee; (v) the Independent Trustees meet at least once quarterly in a session comprised of only the Independent Trustees; (vi) the Independent Trustees have been authorized to hire employees and to retain advisers and experts necessary to carry out their duties; and (vii) any person who acts as legal counsel for the Independent Trustees will be an independent legal counsel.
VI. Board Review
The Board shall review this Plan as frequently as it deems necessary. Prior to any material amendment(s) to this Plan, the Board, including a majority of Independent Trustees shall find that the Plan, as proposed to be amended (including any proposed amendments to the method of allocating Class Expenses and/or Fund expenses), is in the best interest of each class of shares of a Fund individually and the Multi-Class Funds as a whole. In considering whether to approve any proposed amendment(s) to the Plan, the Board shall request and evaluate such information as it considers reasonably necessary to evaluate the proposed amendment(s) to the Plan. Such information shall address the issue of whether any waivers or reimbursements of advisory or administrative fees could be considered a cross-subsidization of one class by another and other potential conflicts of interest between classes.
In making its initial determination to approve the Plan and in approving any subsequent amendments, the Board focuses on, among other things, the relationship between or among the classes and examines potential conflicts of interest among classes (including those potentially involving a cross-subsidization between classes) regarding the allocation of fees, services, waivers and reimbursements of expenses, and voting rights. The Board evaluates the level of services provided to each class and the cost of those services to ensure that the services are appropriate and the allocation of expenses is reasonable. In approving any subsequent amendments to the Plan, the Board shall focus on and evaluate any additional factors as it deems necessary.
Adopted May 24, 1995; Effective June 5, 1995
Amended and Restated:
December 6, 1995 |
|
May 11, 1999 |
|
February 5, 2003 |
|
November 30, 2011 |
February 14, 1996 |
|
August 17, 1999 |
|
December 10, 2003 |
|
February 24, 2012* |
May 31, 1996 |
|
December 1, 1999 |
|
February 10, 2004 |
|
October 24, 2012 |
February 19, 1997 |
|
February 23, 2000 |
|
September 30, 2004 |
|
February 20, 2013 |
October 2, 1997 |
|
May 23, 2000 |
|
March 23, 2005 |
|
February 20, 2013** |
December 3, 1997 |
|
September 30, 2000 |
|
February 27, 2008 |
|
October 23, 2013 |
August 28, 1998 |
|
May 23, 2001 |
|
October 22, 2008 |
|
December 4, 2013 |
December 11, 1998 |
|
February 26, 2002 |
|
December 2, 2009 |
|
February 19, 2014 |
February 23, 1999 |
|
December 3, 2002 |
|
February 23, 2011 |
|
|
* Effective April 30, 2012
** Effective upon liquidation of the index Funds and approval by shareholders of the Class A 12b-1 Plan.